Erste CVS-Version
This commit is contained in:
parent
62a932ecdd
commit
b282d4a32c
346
License.txt
Normal file
346
License.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
|
|||||||
|
The following license applies to all but the firmware/usbdrv directories. For
|
||||||
|
that directory, please refer to the firmware/usbdrv/License.txt file for
|
||||||
|
additional license restrictions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||||
|
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Preamble
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||||
|
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||||
|
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||||
|
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||||
|
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||||
|
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||||
|
your programs, too.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||||
|
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||||
|
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||||
|
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||||
|
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||||
|
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||||
|
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||||
|
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||||
|
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||||
|
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||||
|
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||||
|
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||||
|
rights.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||||
|
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||||
|
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||||
|
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||||
|
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||||
|
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||||
|
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||||
|
authors' reputations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||||
|
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||||
|
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||||
|
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||||
|
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||||
|
modification follow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||||
|
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||||
|
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||||
|
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||||
|
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||||
|
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||||
|
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||||
|
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||||
|
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||||
|
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||||
|
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||||
|
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||||
|
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||||
|
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||||
|
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||||
|
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||||
|
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||||
|
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||||
|
along with the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||||
|
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||||
|
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||||
|
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||||
|
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||||
|
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||||
|
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||||
|
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||||
|
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||||
|
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||||
|
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||||
|
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||||
|
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||||
|
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||||
|
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||||
|
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||||
|
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||||
|
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||||
|
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||||
|
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||||
|
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||||
|
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||||
|
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||||
|
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||||
|
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||||
|
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||||
|
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||||
|
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||||
|
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||||
|
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||||
|
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||||
|
the scope of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||||
|
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||||
|
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||||
|
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||||
|
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||||
|
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||||
|
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||||
|
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||||
|
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||||
|
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||||
|
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||||
|
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||||
|
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||||
|
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||||
|
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||||
|
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||||
|
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||||
|
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||||
|
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||||
|
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||||
|
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||||
|
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||||
|
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||||
|
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||||
|
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||||
|
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||||
|
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||||
|
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||||
|
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||||
|
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||||
|
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||||
|
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||||
|
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||||
|
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||||
|
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||||
|
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||||
|
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||||
|
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||||
|
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||||
|
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||||
|
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||||
|
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||||
|
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||||
|
this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||||
|
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||||
|
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||||
|
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||||
|
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||||
|
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||||
|
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||||
|
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||||
|
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||||
|
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||||
|
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||||
|
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||||
|
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||||
|
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||||
|
circumstances.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||||
|
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||||
|
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||||
|
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||||
|
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||||
|
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||||
|
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||||
|
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||||
|
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||||
|
impose that choice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||||
|
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||||
|
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||||
|
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||||
|
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||||
|
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||||
|
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||||
|
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||||
|
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||||
|
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||||
|
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||||
|
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||||
|
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||||
|
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||||
|
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||||
|
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||||
|
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||||
|
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||||
|
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||||
|
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||||
|
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||||
|
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||||
|
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||||
|
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||||
|
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||||
|
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||||
|
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||||
|
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||||
|
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||||
|
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||||
|
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||||
|
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||||
|
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||||
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||||
|
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||||
|
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||||
|
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||||
|
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||||
|
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||||
|
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||||
|
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||||
|
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||||
|
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||||
|
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||||
|
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||||
|
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||||
|
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||||
|
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||||
|
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||||
|
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||||
|
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||||
|
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||||
|
Public License instead of this License.
|
297
Readme.txt
Normal file
297
Readme.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
|
|||||||
|
$Id: Readme.txt,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For full documentation and examples, take a look at htmldoc/index.html.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Introduction
|
||||||
|
============
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The USB-LED-Fader is a device to control a number of LEDs via USB. I built it
|
||||||
|
to display the online-status of my internet-connection, the recording-status of
|
||||||
|
my videorecorder, and warnings if the available disc-space is low. You can
|
||||||
|
imagine an endless number of applications for this.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The LEDs are controlled with pulse width modulation (PWM). That way, they are
|
||||||
|
not only on or off, it is possible to control the brightness. Included in the
|
||||||
|
device is a number of 'waveforms' that can be displayed on the LEDs. That way,
|
||||||
|
one LED can display some kind of a sinus- or triangular wave without any
|
||||||
|
interaction with the controlling host.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Every LED can be controlled individually, each one can display it's own
|
||||||
|
waveforms.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You can assign three different waves to every LED: two 'eternal' waves (0 & 1).
|
||||||
|
They are displayed alternating until anything different is required. The third
|
||||||
|
wave (2) is only displayed once, afterwards the device will switch back to
|
||||||
|
alternating between the first two waves.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
One wave is described by three parameters: the waveform, the duration for one
|
||||||
|
repetition of the wave and the number of repetitions before switching to the
|
||||||
|
next wave.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This version supports four LEDs, it should be quite easy to change that number
|
||||||
|
between one and eight. I have not tested any number greater than four, but I
|
||||||
|
can imagine that the load on the controller can be too high to reliably
|
||||||
|
communicate via USB.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
There are three parts included in the distribution: The firmware for an ATmega8
|
||||||
|
microcontroller, a commandline-client that can be run under Linux, and the
|
||||||
|
circuits needed to build the device.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This project is based on the PowerSwitch example application by Objective
|
||||||
|
Development. Like that, it uses Objective Development's firmware-only USB
|
||||||
|
driver for Atmel's AVR microcontrollers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Objective Development's USB driver is a firmware-only implementation of the USB
|
||||||
|
1.1 standard (low speed device) on cheap single chip microcomputers of Atmel's
|
||||||
|
AVR series, such as the ATtiny2313 or even some of the small 8 pin devices. It
|
||||||
|
implements the standard to the point where useful applications can be
|
||||||
|
implemented. See the file "firmware/usbdrv/usbdrv.h" for features and
|
||||||
|
limitations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Building and installing
|
||||||
|
=======================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Both, the firmware and Unix command line tool are built with "make". You may
|
||||||
|
need to customize both makefiles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Firmware
|
||||||
|
--------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The firmware for this project requires avr-gcc and avr-libc (a C-library for
|
||||||
|
the AVR controller). Please read the instructions at
|
||||||
|
http://www.nongnu.org/avr-libc/user-manual/install_tools.html for how to
|
||||||
|
install the GNU toolchain (avr-gcc, assembler, linker etc.) and avr-libc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Once you have the GNU toolchain for AVR microcontrollers installed, you can run
|
||||||
|
"make" in the subdirectory "firmware". You may have to edit the Makefile to use
|
||||||
|
your preferred downloader with "make program". The current version is built for
|
||||||
|
avrdude with a parallel connection to an stk200-compatible programmer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If working with a brand-new controller, you may have to set the fuse-bits to
|
||||||
|
use the external crystal:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
avrdude -p atmega8 -P /dev/parport0 -c sp12 -U hfuse:w:0xC9:m \
|
||||||
|
-U lfuse:w:0x9F:m
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Afterwards, you can compile and flash to the device:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
make program
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Commandline client
|
||||||
|
------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The command line tool requires libusb. Please download libusb from
|
||||||
|
http://libusb.sourceforge.net/ and install it before you compile. Change to
|
||||||
|
directory "commandline", check the Makefile and edit the settings if required
|
||||||
|
and type
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
make
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This will build the unix executable "usb-led-fader" which can be used to
|
||||||
|
control the device.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Usage
|
||||||
|
=====
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Connect the device to the USB-port. All LED should flash up to indicate that
|
||||||
|
the device is initialized.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Then use the commandline-client as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader status
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader set <ledId> <waveId> <waveformId> <periodDuration> <repetitionCount>
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader clear <ledId>
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader reset
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader show <waveformId>
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader test
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When using the set-function, it is possible to define several waves at once.
|
||||||
|
You simply have to give the parameters for all waves. See examples below.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Parameters
|
||||||
|
----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- ledId: ID of the LED (0-n, depending on the number of LEDs in your circuit).
|
||||||
|
- waveId: ID of the wave (0-1: constant waves, 2: override).
|
||||||
|
- waveformId: ID of the waveform (0-31: brightness, 32-37: patterns). For a
|
||||||
|
reference to the patterns, consult the function fade_calculateWaveform() in
|
||||||
|
the file "firmware/main.c".
|
||||||
|
- periodDuration: Time in sec/10 for one repetition of the waveform. A value of
|
||||||
|
0 can be used to reset the wave.
|
||||||
|
- repetitionCount: Number of repetitions before switching to the next wave. A
|
||||||
|
value of 0 can be used to repeat this forever.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Examples
|
||||||
|
--------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Get the status of all LEDs:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader status
|
||||||
|
This will result in an output similar to this:
|
||||||
|
LED 0 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
0 2 26 0 23
|
||||||
|
wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
LED 1 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
0 14 19 0 19
|
||||||
|
wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
LED 2 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
0 31 16 0 43
|
||||||
|
wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
LED 3 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
0 6 9 0 39
|
||||||
|
wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
In this output, the values curvalue, curpos, nextupd and updtime are for
|
||||||
|
debugging purposes only. They shouldn't be of interest to the common user. The
|
||||||
|
meaning of the other values should be clear.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Set the first LED to keep a middle brightness:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader set 0 0 15 10 1
|
||||||
|
So, on LED 0 the wave 0 is set to waveform 15. It will stay there for one
|
||||||
|
second and will be repeated once before switching to the next wave. There is no
|
||||||
|
next wave because we didn't define one, so this waveform will stay forever.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Now set a second wave on the first LED, a little brighter than the one
|
||||||
|
before:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader set 0 1 25 10 1
|
||||||
|
This is wave 1 on LED 0, waveform 25 indicates a constant level of brightness.
|
||||||
|
After setting the second wave, it will alternate with the first one after every
|
||||||
|
second, because both waves have the same duration and the same number of
|
||||||
|
repetitions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Set a third wave on the first LED:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader set 0 2 36 20 5
|
||||||
|
This sets the third wave (wave 2) on the first LED. Waveform 36 is a nice
|
||||||
|
sinus-like wave, so the LED starts to fade. One period of the fading takes 2
|
||||||
|
seconds, it is repeated for 5 times. Since this is the third wave, after the
|
||||||
|
repetitions the LED returns to alternating between wave 0 and wave 1, this wave
|
||||||
|
is discarded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Set multiple waves at once:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader set 0 0 15 10 1 0 1 25 10 1 0 2 36 20 5
|
||||||
|
This will set all of the above waves at once. Thus, the first LED will first
|
||||||
|
fade the sinus-wave five times, then start alternating between the two
|
||||||
|
brightnesses in one-second-rhythm.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Clear the first LED:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader clear 0
|
||||||
|
This will clear all three waves on the first LED.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Reset the device:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader reset
|
||||||
|
All LEDs will flash once, to indicate that the device is reset and the LEDs are
|
||||||
|
working.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Show a waveform on the screen:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader show 36
|
||||||
|
This will lead to an output like the following:
|
||||||
|
wave 36 - length 64
|
||||||
|
31: *****
|
||||||
|
30: *********
|
||||||
|
29: ***********
|
||||||
|
28: ***************
|
||||||
|
27: *****************
|
||||||
|
26: *******************
|
||||||
|
25: *******************
|
||||||
|
24: *********************
|
||||||
|
23: ***********************
|
||||||
|
22: *************************
|
||||||
|
21: *************************
|
||||||
|
20: ***************************
|
||||||
|
19: *****************************
|
||||||
|
18: *****************************
|
||||||
|
17: *******************************
|
||||||
|
16: *********************************
|
||||||
|
15: ***********************************
|
||||||
|
14: ***********************************
|
||||||
|
13: *************************************
|
||||||
|
12: ***************************************
|
||||||
|
11: ***************************************
|
||||||
|
10: *****************************************
|
||||||
|
9: *******************************************
|
||||||
|
8: *********************************************
|
||||||
|
7: *********************************************
|
||||||
|
6: ***********************************************
|
||||||
|
5: *************************************************
|
||||||
|
4: *****************************************************
|
||||||
|
3: *******************************************************
|
||||||
|
2: ***********************************************************
|
||||||
|
1: ****************************************************************
|
||||||
|
================================================================
|
||||||
|
Keep in mind that the width of the displayed wave corresponds to the length of
|
||||||
|
the waveform. If you display a very simple one like the constant brightness
|
||||||
|
levels (0-31), the length is 1. Therefore only one column is displayed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-> Test the device:
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader test
|
||||||
|
This function sends many random numbers to the device. The device returns the
|
||||||
|
packages, and the client looks for differences in the sent and the received
|
||||||
|
numbers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Drawbacks
|
||||||
|
=========
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
As mentioned above, controlling the PWM for several LEDs is a lot of work for
|
||||||
|
one small microcontroller. Speaking the USB protocol is so, either. Both
|
||||||
|
combined result in a lot of load on the device, so the communication with the
|
||||||
|
device is not 100% reliable. More than 99% though, at least in our tests.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SO BE WARNED: You should not use this device to control the state of your
|
||||||
|
nuclear reactor. If you intend to use it in that way despite of this warning,
|
||||||
|
please let me know... ;-)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Files in the distribution
|
||||||
|
=========================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Readme.txt: The file you are currently reading.
|
||||||
|
- firmware: Source code of the controller firmware.
|
||||||
|
- firmware/usbdrv: USB driver -- See Readme.txt in this directory for info
|
||||||
|
- commandline: Source code of the host software (needs libusb).
|
||||||
|
- common: Files needed by the firmware and the commandline-client.
|
||||||
|
- circuit: Circuit diagrams in PDF and EAGLE 4 format. A free version of EAGLE
|
||||||
|
is available for Linux, Mac OS X and Windows from http://www.cadsoft.de/.
|
||||||
|
- License.txt: Public license for all contents of this project, except for the
|
||||||
|
USB driver. Look in firmware/usbdrv/License.txt for further info.
|
||||||
|
- Changelog.txt: Logfile documenting changes in soft-, firm- and hardware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thanks!
|
||||||
|
=======
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
I'd like to thank Objective Development for the possibility to use their driver
|
||||||
|
for my project. In fact, this project wouldn't exist without the driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
And I'd like to give special credits to Thomas Stegemann. He wrote the
|
||||||
|
PWM-stuff, and I guess it would have been nearly to impossible to me to write
|
||||||
|
the rest of the project without his help since C isn't my natural language.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
About the license
|
||||||
|
=================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Our work - all contents except for the USB driver - are licensed under the GNU
|
||||||
|
General Public License (GPL). A copy of the GPL is included in License.txt. The
|
||||||
|
driver itself is licensed under a special license by Objective Development. See
|
||||||
|
firmware/usbdrv/License.txt for further info.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(c) 2006 by Ronald Schaten - http://www.schatenseite.de
|
BIN
circuit/circuit.brd
Normal file
BIN
circuit/circuit.brd
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
circuit/circuit.sch
Normal file
BIN
circuit/circuit.sch
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
30
circuit/partlist.txt
Normal file
30
circuit/partlist.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
|||||||
|
Partlist
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Exported from circuit.sch at 9/15/2006 14:21:25
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
EAGLE Version 4.16 Copyright (c) 1988-2005 CadSoft
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Part Value Device Package Library Sheet
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
C1 4,7u CPOL-EUE2.5-5 E2,5-5 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
C2 100n C-EU025-024X044 C025-024X044 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
C3 22p C-EU025-024X044 C025-024X044 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
C4 22p C-EU025-024X044 C025-024X044 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
IC1 MEGA8-P MEGA8-P DIL28-3 avr 1
|
||||||
|
IC2 LM317LZ LM317LZ TO92 linear 1
|
||||||
|
JP1 ISP JP5Q JP5Q jumper 1
|
||||||
|
LED1 LED5MM LED5MM led 1
|
||||||
|
LED2 LED5MM LED5MM led 1
|
||||||
|
LED3 LED5MM LED5MM led 1
|
||||||
|
LED4 LED5MM LED5MM led 1
|
||||||
|
Q1 12MHz CRYTALHC18U-V HC18U-V crystal 1
|
||||||
|
R1 432 R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R2 240 R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R3 1k5 R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R4 68 R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R5 68 R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R6 1k R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R7 1k R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R8 1k R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
R9 1k R-EU_0207/10 0207/10 rcl 1
|
||||||
|
X1 PN61729 PN61729 con-berg 1
|
23
commandline/Makefile
Normal file
23
commandline/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
|||||||
|
# $Id: Makefile,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CC = gcc
|
||||||
|
LIBUSB_CONFIG = libusb-config
|
||||||
|
# Make sure that libusb-config is in the search path or specify a full path. On
|
||||||
|
# Windows, there is no libusb-config and you must configure the options below
|
||||||
|
# manually. See examples.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CFLAGS = `$(LIBUSB_CONFIG) --cflags` -O -Wall -I../common
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
LIBS = `$(LIBUSB_CONFIG) --libs`
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
all: usb-led-fader
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.c.o:
|
||||||
|
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
usb-led-fader: usb-led-fader.o
|
||||||
|
$(CC) -o usb-led-fader usb-led-fader.o $(LIBS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean:
|
||||||
|
rm -f *.o
|
||||||
|
rm -f usb-led-fader
|
426
commandline/usb-led-fader.c
Normal file
426
commandline/usb-led-fader.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
|
|||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file usb-led-fader.c
|
||||||
|
* \brief Commandline-tool for the USB-LED-Fader.
|
||||||
|
* \author Ronald Schaten
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: usb-led-fader.c,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <usb.h> /* this is libusb, see http://libusb.sourceforge.net/ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "usbledfader.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "channels.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USBDEV_SHARED_VENDOR 0x16C0 /**< VOTI */
|
||||||
|
#define USBDEV_SHARED_PRODUCT 0x05DC /**< Obdev's free shared PID. Use obdev's generic shared VID/PID pair and follow the rules outlined in firmware/usbdrv/USBID-License.txt. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* These are error codes for the communication via USB. */
|
||||||
|
#define USB_ERROR_NOTFOUND 1 /**< Error code if the device isn't found. */
|
||||||
|
#define USB_ERROR_ACCESS 2 /**< Error code if the device isn't accessible. */
|
||||||
|
#define USB_ERROR_IO 3 /**< Error code if errors in the communication with the device occur. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Displays usage-informations. This function is called if the parameters
|
||||||
|
* cannot be parsed.
|
||||||
|
* \param name The name of this application.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void usage(char *name)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "usage:\n");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " %s status\n", name);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " %s set ledId waveId waveformId periodDuration repetitionCount\n", name);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " %s clear ledId\n", name);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " %s reset\n", name);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " %s show waveformId\n", name);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " %s test\n\n", name);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "parameters:\n");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " ledId: ID of the LED (0-%d).\n", CHANNELS - 1);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " waveId: ID of the wave (0-1: constant waves, 2: override).\n");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " waveformId: ID of the waveform (0-31: brightness, 32-37: patterns).\n");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " periodDuration: Time in sec/10 for one repetition of the waveform.\n");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " A value of 0 can be used to reset the wave.\n");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " repetitionCount: Number of repetitions before switching to the next wave.\n");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, " A value of 0 can be used to repeat this forever.\n");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Reads and converts a string from USB. The conversion to ASCII is 'lossy' (unknown characters become '?').
|
||||||
|
* \param dev Handle of the USB-Device.
|
||||||
|
* \param index Index of the required data.
|
||||||
|
* \param langid Index of the expected language.
|
||||||
|
* \param buf Buffer to contain the return-string.
|
||||||
|
* \param buflen Length of buf.
|
||||||
|
* \return Length of the string.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
int usbGetStringAscii(usb_dev_handle * dev, int index, int langid, char *buf, int buflen) {
|
||||||
|
char buffer[256];
|
||||||
|
int rval, i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ((rval = usb_control_msg(dev, USB_ENDPOINT_IN, USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR, (USB_DT_STRING << 8) + index, langid, buffer, sizeof(buffer), 1000)) < 0) {
|
||||||
|
return rval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (buffer[1] != USB_DT_STRING) {
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if ((unsigned char) buffer[0] < rval) {
|
||||||
|
rval = (unsigned char) buffer[0];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
rval /= 2;
|
||||||
|
/* lossy conversion to ISO Latin1 */
|
||||||
|
for (i = 1; i < rval; i++) {
|
||||||
|
if (i > buflen) {
|
||||||
|
/* destination buffer overflow */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
buf[i - 1] = buffer[2 * i];
|
||||||
|
if (buffer[2 * i + 1] != 0) {
|
||||||
|
/* outside of ISO Latin1 range */
|
||||||
|
buf[i - 1] = '?';
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
buf[i - 1] = 0;
|
||||||
|
return i - 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Connect to the USB-device. Loops through all connected USB-Devices and
|
||||||
|
* searches our counterpart.
|
||||||
|
* \param device Handle to address the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param vendor USBDEV_SHARED_VENDOR as defined.
|
||||||
|
* \param vendorName In our case "www.schatenseite.de".
|
||||||
|
* \param product USBDEV_SHARED_PRODUCT as defined.
|
||||||
|
* \param productName In our case "USB-LED-Fader".
|
||||||
|
* \return Error code.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
int usbOpenDevice(usb_dev_handle ** device, int vendor, char *vendorName, int product, char *productName) {
|
||||||
|
struct usb_bus *bus;
|
||||||
|
struct usb_device *dev;
|
||||||
|
usb_dev_handle *handle = NULL;
|
||||||
|
int errorCode = USB_ERROR_NOTFOUND;
|
||||||
|
static int didUsbInit = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!didUsbInit) {
|
||||||
|
didUsbInit = 1;
|
||||||
|
usb_init();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usb_find_busses();
|
||||||
|
usb_find_devices();
|
||||||
|
for (bus = usb_get_busses(); bus; bus = bus->next) {
|
||||||
|
for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
|
||||||
|
if (dev->descriptor.idVendor == vendor && dev->descriptor.idProduct == product) {
|
||||||
|
char string[256];
|
||||||
|
int len;
|
||||||
|
handle = usb_open(dev); /* we need to open the device in order to query strings */
|
||||||
|
if (!handle) {
|
||||||
|
errorCode = USB_ERROR_ACCESS;
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "Warning: cannot open USB device: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (vendorName == NULL && productName == NULL) { /* name does not matter */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* now check whether the names match: */
|
||||||
|
len = usbGetStringAscii(handle, dev->descriptor.iManufacturer, 0x0409, string, sizeof(string));
|
||||||
|
if (len < 0) {
|
||||||
|
errorCode = USB_ERROR_IO;
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "Warning: cannot query manufacturer for device: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
errorCode = USB_ERROR_NOTFOUND;
|
||||||
|
/* fprintf(stderr, "seen device from vendor ->%s<-\n", string); */
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp(string, vendorName) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
len = usbGetStringAscii(handle, dev->descriptor.iProduct, 0x0409, string, sizeof(string));
|
||||||
|
if (len < 0) {
|
||||||
|
errorCode = USB_ERROR_IO;
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "Warning: cannot query product for device: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
errorCode = USB_ERROR_NOTFOUND;
|
||||||
|
/* fprintf(stderr, "seen product ->%s<-\n", string); */
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp(string, productName) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usb_close(handle);
|
||||||
|
handle = NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (handle) {
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (handle != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
errorCode = 0;
|
||||||
|
*device = handle;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return errorCode;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Test connection to the device. The test consists of writing 1000 random
|
||||||
|
* numbers to the device and checking the echo. This should discover systematic
|
||||||
|
* bit errors (e.g. in bit stuffing).
|
||||||
|
* \param handle Handle to talk to the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param argc Number of arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \param argv Arguments.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void dev_test(usb_dev_handle *handle, int argc, char** argv) {
|
||||||
|
unsigned char buffer[8];
|
||||||
|
int nBytes;
|
||||||
|
int i, v, r;
|
||||||
|
if (argc != 2) {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < 1000; i++) {
|
||||||
|
v = rand() & 0xffff;
|
||||||
|
nBytes = usb_control_msg(handle, USB_TYPE_VENDOR | USB_RECIP_DEVICE | USB_ENDPOINT_IN, CMD_ECHO, v, 0, (char *) buffer, sizeof(buffer), 5000);
|
||||||
|
if (nBytes < 2) {
|
||||||
|
if (nBytes < 0) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "USB error: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "only %d bytes received in iteration %d\n", nBytes, i);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
r = buffer[0] | (buffer[1] << 8);
|
||||||
|
if (r != v) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "data error: received 0x%x instead of 0x%x in iteration %d\n", r, v, i);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
printf("test succeeded\n");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Set waves. It is possible to set any number of waves at once.
|
||||||
|
* \param handle Handle to talk to the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param argc Number of arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \param argv Arguments.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void dev_set(usb_dev_handle *handle, int argc, char** argv) {
|
||||||
|
unsigned char buffer[8];
|
||||||
|
int nBytes;
|
||||||
|
int parameter;
|
||||||
|
if ((argc < 7) || ((argc - 2) % 5 != 0)) {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
for (parameter = 2; (parameter + 4) < argc; parameter += 5) {
|
||||||
|
int ledId = atoi(argv[parameter + 0]);
|
||||||
|
if ((ledId < 0) || (ledId > (CHANNELS - 1))) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "invalid ledId: %d\n", ledId);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int waveId = atoi(argv[parameter + 1]);
|
||||||
|
if ((waveId < 0) || (waveId > 2)) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "invalid waveId: %d\n", waveId);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int waveformId = atoi(argv[parameter + 2]);
|
||||||
|
if ((waveformId < 0) || (waveformId > 38)) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "invalid waveformId: %d\n", waveformId);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int periodDuration = atoi(argv[parameter + 3]);
|
||||||
|
if ((periodDuration < 0) || (periodDuration > 255)) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "invalid periodDuration: %d\n", periodDuration);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int repetitionCount = atoi(argv[parameter + 4]);
|
||||||
|
if ((repetitionCount < 0) || (repetitionCount > 255)) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "invalid repetitionCount: %d\n", repetitionCount);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
buffer[0] = CMD_SET;
|
||||||
|
buffer[1] = ledId;
|
||||||
|
buffer[2] = waveId;
|
||||||
|
buffer[3] = waveformId;
|
||||||
|
buffer[4] = periodDuration;
|
||||||
|
buffer[5] = repetitionCount;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nBytes = usb_control_msg(handle, USB_TYPE_VENDOR | USB_RECIP_DEVICE | USB_ENDPOINT_OUT, CMD_SET, ledId, 0, (char *) buffer, sizeof(buffer), 5000);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (nBytes < 0) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "USB error: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Clear all waves on one LED.
|
||||||
|
* \param handle Handle to talk to the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param argc Number of arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \param argv Arguments.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void dev_clear(usb_dev_handle *handle, int argc, char** argv) {
|
||||||
|
unsigned char buffer[8];
|
||||||
|
int nBytes;
|
||||||
|
if (argc != 3) {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int ledId = atoi(argv[2]);
|
||||||
|
if ((ledId < 0) || (ledId > (CHANNELS - 1))) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "invalid LED: %d\n", ledId);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
nBytes = usb_control_msg(handle, USB_TYPE_VENDOR | USB_RECIP_DEVICE | USB_ENDPOINT_OUT, CMD_CLEAR, ledId, 0, (char *) buffer, sizeof(buffer), 5000);
|
||||||
|
if (nBytes < 0) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "USB error: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Get the status of the device. Status information is printed in detail.
|
||||||
|
* \param handle Handle to talk to the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param argc Number of arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \param argv Arguments.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void dev_status(usb_dev_handle *handle, int argc, char** argv) {
|
||||||
|
int nBytes;
|
||||||
|
int i, j;
|
||||||
|
static fade_GlobalData fade_globalData; /* contains the state of all four LEDs. */
|
||||||
|
if (argc != 2) {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
nBytes = usb_control_msg(handle, USB_TYPE_VENDOR | USB_RECIP_DEVICE | USB_ENDPOINT_IN, CMD_GET, 0, 0, (char *) &fade_globalData, sizeof(fade_globalData), 5000);
|
||||||
|
if (nBytes < 0) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "USB error: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (nBytes != sizeof(fade_globalData)) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "USB oddity: %d bytes received, %d bytes expected.\n", nBytes, sizeof(fade_globalData));
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < CHANNELS; i++) {
|
||||||
|
printf("LED %d %10s %10s %10s %10s %10s\n", i, "curid", "curvalue", "curpos", "currep", "nextupd");
|
||||||
|
printf(" %10d %10d %10d %10d %10d\n",
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentId,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentValue,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentPosition,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentRepetition,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveNextUpdate);
|
||||||
|
printf("%10s %10s %10s %10s %10s %10s\n", "wave", "waveform", "length", "repeat", "duration", "updtime");
|
||||||
|
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
|
||||||
|
printf("%10d %10d %10d %10d %10d %10d\n",
|
||||||
|
j,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformId,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformLength,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformRepetition,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformDuration,
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformUpdateTime);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Reset the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param handle Handle to talk to the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param argc Number of arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \param argv Arguments.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void dev_reset(usb_dev_handle *handle, int argc, char** argv) {
|
||||||
|
unsigned char buffer[8];
|
||||||
|
int nBytes;
|
||||||
|
if (argc != 2) {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
nBytes = usb_control_msg(handle, USB_TYPE_VENDOR | USB_RECIP_DEVICE | USB_ENDPOINT_OUT, CMD_RESET, 0, 0, (char *) buffer, sizeof(buffer), 5000);
|
||||||
|
if (nBytes < 0) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "USB error: %s\n", usb_strerror());
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Show a waveform. This will not send a command to the device, the waveform is
|
||||||
|
* only printed on the screen.
|
||||||
|
* \param handle Handle to talk to the device (not needed).
|
||||||
|
* \param argc Number of arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \param argv Arguments.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
int dev_show(int argc, char **argv) {
|
||||||
|
if (argc != 3) {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int waveformId = atoi(argv[2]);
|
||||||
|
if ((waveformId < 0) || (waveformId > 38)) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "invalid waveformId: %d\n", waveformId);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
int i, j;
|
||||||
|
int length = fade_calculateWaveform(waveformId, 0);
|
||||||
|
printf("wave %2d - length %2d\n", waveformId, length);
|
||||||
|
for (i = 31; i > 0; i--) {
|
||||||
|
printf("%2d: ", i);
|
||||||
|
for (j = 1; j <= length; j++) {
|
||||||
|
if (fade_calculateWaveform(waveformId, j) >= i) {
|
||||||
|
printf("*");
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
printf(" ");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
printf("\n");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
printf(" ");
|
||||||
|
for (j = 1; j <= length; j++) {
|
||||||
|
printf("=");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
printf("\n");
|
||||||
|
exit(0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Main function. Initializes the USB-device, parses commandline-parameters and
|
||||||
|
* calls the functions that communicate with the device.
|
||||||
|
* \param argc Number of arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \param argv Arguments.
|
||||||
|
* \return Error code.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
int main(int argc, char **argv)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
usb_dev_handle *handle = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (argc < 2) {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usb_init();
|
||||||
|
if (usbOpenDevice (&handle, USBDEV_SHARED_VENDOR, "www.schatenseite.de", USBDEV_SHARED_PRODUCT, "USB-LED-Fader") != 0) {
|
||||||
|
fprintf(stderr, "Could not find USB device \"USB-LED-Fader\" with vid=0x%x pid=0x%x\n", USBDEV_SHARED_VENDOR, USBDEV_SHARED_PRODUCT);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* We have searched all devices on all busses for our USB device above. Now
|
||||||
|
* try to open it and perform the vendor specific control operations for the
|
||||||
|
* function requested by the user.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
if (strcmp(argv[1], "test") == 0) {
|
||||||
|
dev_test(handle, argc, argv);
|
||||||
|
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "set") == 0) {
|
||||||
|
dev_set(handle, argc, argv);
|
||||||
|
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "clear") == 0) {
|
||||||
|
dev_clear(handle, argc, argv);
|
||||||
|
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "status") == 0) {
|
||||||
|
dev_status(handle, argc, argv);
|
||||||
|
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "reset") == 0) {
|
||||||
|
dev_reset(handle, argc, argv);
|
||||||
|
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "show") == 0) {
|
||||||
|
dev_reset(handle, argc, argv);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
usage(argv[0]);
|
||||||
|
exit(1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usb_close(handle);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
16
common/channels.h
Normal file
16
common/channels.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef __channels_h_included__
|
||||||
|
#define __channels_h_included__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file channels.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Global definitions, used by the firmware and the commandline-client.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: channels.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CHANNELS 4 /**< number of output channels */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
466
common/usbledfader.h
Normal file
466
common/usbledfader.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef __usbledfader_h_included__
|
||||||
|
#define __usbledfader_h_included__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file usbledfader.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Global definitions and datatypes, used by the firmware and the commandline-client. Also contains the main doxygen-documentation.
|
||||||
|
* \author Ronald Schaten & Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: usbledfader.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \mainpage USB-LED-Fader
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \section sec_intro Introduction
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The USB-LED-Fader is a device to control a number of LEDs via USB. I built
|
||||||
|
* it to display the online-status of my internet-connection, the
|
||||||
|
* recording-status of my videorecorder, and warnings if the available
|
||||||
|
* disc-space is low. You can imagine an endless number of applications for
|
||||||
|
* this.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The LEDs are controlled with pulse width modulation (PWM). That way, they
|
||||||
|
* are not only on or off, it is possible to control the brightness. Included
|
||||||
|
* in the device is a number of 'waveforms' that can be displayed on the LEDs.
|
||||||
|
* That way, one LED can display some kind of a sinus- or triangular wave
|
||||||
|
* without any interaction with the controlling host.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Every LED can be controlled individually, each one can display it's own
|
||||||
|
* waveforms.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You can assign three different waves to every LED: two 'eternal' waves (0 &
|
||||||
|
* 1). They are displayed alternating until anything different is required. The
|
||||||
|
* third wave (2) is only displayed once, afterwards the device will switch
|
||||||
|
* back to alternating between the first two waves.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* One wave is described by three parameters: the waveform, the duration for
|
||||||
|
* one repetition of the wave and the number of repetitions before switching to
|
||||||
|
* the next wave.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This version supports four LEDs, it should be quite easy to change that
|
||||||
|
* number between one and eight. I have not tested any number greater than
|
||||||
|
* four, but I can imagine that the load on the controller can be too high to
|
||||||
|
* reliably communicate via USB.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* There are three parts included in the distribution: The firmware for an
|
||||||
|
* ATmega8 microcontroller, a commandline-client that can be run under Linux,
|
||||||
|
* and the circuits needed to build the device.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This project is based on the PowerSwitch example application by Objective
|
||||||
|
* Development. Like that, it uses Objective Development's firmware-only USB
|
||||||
|
* driver for Atmel's AVR microcontrollers.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Objective Development's USB driver is a firmware-only implementation of the
|
||||||
|
* USB 1.1 standard (low speed device) on cheap single chip microcomputers of
|
||||||
|
* Atmel's AVR series, such as the ATtiny2313 or even some of the small 8 pin
|
||||||
|
* devices. It implements the standard to the point where useful applications
|
||||||
|
* can be implemented. See the file "firmware/usbdrv/usbdrv.h" for features and
|
||||||
|
* limitations.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \section sec_install Building and installing
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Both, the firmware and Unix command line tool are built with "make". You may
|
||||||
|
* need to customize both makefiles.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \subsection sec_fw Firmware
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The firmware for this project requires avr-gcc and avr-libc (a C-library for
|
||||||
|
* the AVR controller). Please read the instructions at
|
||||||
|
* http://www.nongnu.org/avr-libc/user-manual/install_tools.html for how to
|
||||||
|
* install the GNU toolchain (avr-gcc, assembler, linker etc.) and avr-libc.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Once you have the GNU toolchain for AVR microcontrollers installed, you can
|
||||||
|
* run "make" in the subdirectory "firmware". You may have to edit the Makefile
|
||||||
|
* to use your preferred downloader with "make program". The current version is
|
||||||
|
* built for avrdude with a parallel connection to an stk200-compatible
|
||||||
|
* programmer.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* If working with a brand-new controller, you may have to set the fuse-bits to
|
||||||
|
* use the external crystal:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* avrdude -p atmega8 -P /dev/parport0 -c sp12 -U hfuse:w:0xC9:m -U lfuse:w:0x9F:m
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Afterwards, you can compile and flash to the device:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* make program
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \subsection sec_client Commandline client
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The command line tool requires libusb. Please take the packages from your
|
||||||
|
* system's distribution or download libusb from http://libusb.sourceforge.net/
|
||||||
|
* and install it before you compile. Change to directory "commandline", check
|
||||||
|
* the Makefile and edit the settings if required and type
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* make
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This will build the unix executable "usb-led-fader" which can be used to
|
||||||
|
* control the device.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \section sec_usage Usage
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Connect the device to the USB-port. All LED should flash up to indicate that
|
||||||
|
* the device is initialized.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Then use the commandline-client as follows:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader status
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader set <ledId> <waveId> <waveformId> <periodDuration> <repetitionCount>
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader clear <ledId>
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader reset
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader show <waveformId>
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader test
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* When using the set-function, it is possible to define several waves at once.
|
||||||
|
* You simply have to give the parameters for all waves. See examples below.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \subsection sec_params Parameters
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - \e ledId: ID of the LED (0-n, depending on the number of LEDs in your
|
||||||
|
* circuit).
|
||||||
|
* - \e waveId: ID of the wave (0-1: constant waves, 2: override).
|
||||||
|
* - \e waveformId: ID of the waveform (0-31: brightness, 32-37: patterns). For
|
||||||
|
* a reference to the patterns, consult the function fade_calculateWaveform()
|
||||||
|
* in the file "firmware/main.c".
|
||||||
|
* - \e periodDuration: Time in sec/10 for one repetition of the waveform. A
|
||||||
|
* value of 0 can be used to reset the wave.
|
||||||
|
* - \e repetitionCount: Number of repetitions before switching to the next
|
||||||
|
* wave. A value of 0 can be used to repeat this forever.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \subsection sec_examples Examples
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Get the status of all LEDs:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader status
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* This will result in an output similar to this:
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* LED 0 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
* 0 2 26 0 23
|
||||||
|
* wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
* 0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
* 1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* 2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* LED 1 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
* 0 14 19 0 19
|
||||||
|
* wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
* 0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
* 1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* 2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* LED 2 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
* 0 31 16 0 43
|
||||||
|
* wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
* 0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
* 1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* 2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* LED 3 curid curvalue curpos currep nextupd
|
||||||
|
* 0 6 9 0 39
|
||||||
|
* wave waveform length repeat duration updtime
|
||||||
|
* 0 38 32 1 20 45
|
||||||
|
* 1 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* 2 0 1 1 0 1
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* In this output, the values curvalue, curpos, nextupd and updtime are for
|
||||||
|
* debugging purposes only. They shouldn't be of interest to the common user.
|
||||||
|
* The meaning of the other values should be clear.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Set the first LED to keep a middle brightness:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader set 0 0 15 10 1
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* So, on LED 0 the wave 0 is set to waveform 15. It will stay there for one
|
||||||
|
* second and will be repeated once before switching to the next wave. There is
|
||||||
|
* no next wave because we didn't define one, so this waveform will stay
|
||||||
|
* forever.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Now set a second wave on the first LED, a little brighter than the one
|
||||||
|
* before:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader set 0 1 25 10 1
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* This is wave 1 on LED 0, waveform 25 indicates a constant level of
|
||||||
|
* brightness. After setting the second wave, it will alternate with the first
|
||||||
|
* one after every second, because both waves have the same duration and the
|
||||||
|
* same number of repetitions.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Set a third wave on the first LED:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader set 0 2 36 20 5
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* This sets the third wave (wave 2) on the first LED. Waveform 36 is a nice
|
||||||
|
* sinus-like wave, so the LED starts to fade. One period of the fading takes 2
|
||||||
|
* seconds, it is repeated for 5 times. Since this is the third wave, after the
|
||||||
|
* repetitions the LED returns to alternating between wave 0 and wave 1, this
|
||||||
|
* wave is discarded.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Set multiple waves at once:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader set 0 0 15 10 1 0 1 25 10 1 0 2 36 20 5
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* This will set all of the above waves at once. Thus, the first LED will first
|
||||||
|
* fade the sinus-wave five times, then start alternating between the two
|
||||||
|
* brightnesses in one-second-rhythm.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Clear the first LED:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader clear 0
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* This will clear all three waves on the first LED.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Reset the device:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader reset
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* All LEDs will flash once, to indicate that the device is reset and the LEDs
|
||||||
|
* are working.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Show a waveform on the screen:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader show 36
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* This will lead to an output like the following:
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* wave 36 - length 64
|
||||||
|
* 31: *****
|
||||||
|
* 30: *********
|
||||||
|
* 29: ***********
|
||||||
|
* 28: ***************
|
||||||
|
* 27: *****************
|
||||||
|
* 26: *******************
|
||||||
|
* 25: *******************
|
||||||
|
* 24: *********************
|
||||||
|
* 23: ***********************
|
||||||
|
* 22: *************************
|
||||||
|
* 21: *************************
|
||||||
|
* 20: ***************************
|
||||||
|
* 19: *****************************
|
||||||
|
* 18: *****************************
|
||||||
|
* 17: *******************************
|
||||||
|
* 16: *********************************
|
||||||
|
* 15: ***********************************
|
||||||
|
* 14: ***********************************
|
||||||
|
* 13: *************************************
|
||||||
|
* 12: ***************************************
|
||||||
|
* 11: ***************************************
|
||||||
|
* 10: *****************************************
|
||||||
|
* 9: *******************************************
|
||||||
|
* 8: *********************************************
|
||||||
|
* 7: *********************************************
|
||||||
|
* 6: ***********************************************
|
||||||
|
* 5: *************************************************
|
||||||
|
* 4: *****************************************************
|
||||||
|
* 3: *******************************************************
|
||||||
|
* 2: ***********************************************************
|
||||||
|
* 1: ****************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* ================================================================
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* Keep in mind that the width of the displayed wave corresponds to the length
|
||||||
|
* of the waveform. If you display a very simple one like the constant
|
||||||
|
* brightness levels (0-31), the length is 1. Therefore only one column is
|
||||||
|
* displayed.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>Test the device:</b>
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* usb-led-fader test
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* This function sends many random numbers to the device. The device returns
|
||||||
|
* the packages, and the client looks for differences in the sent and the
|
||||||
|
* received numbers.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \section sec_drawbacks Drawbacks
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* As mentioned above, controlling the PWM for several LEDs is a lot of work
|
||||||
|
* for one small microcontroller. Speaking the USB protocol is so, either. Both
|
||||||
|
* combined result in a lot of load on the device, so the communication with
|
||||||
|
* the device is not 100% reliable. More than 99% though, at least in our
|
||||||
|
* tests.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>SO BE WARNED:</b> You should not use this device to control the state of
|
||||||
|
* your nuclear reactor. If you intend to use it in that way despite of this
|
||||||
|
* warning, please let me know... ;-)
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \section sec_files Files in the distribution
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - \e Readme.txt: The file you are currently reading.
|
||||||
|
* - \e firmware: Source code of the controller firmware.
|
||||||
|
* - \e firmware/usbdrv: USB driver -- See Readme.txt in this directory for
|
||||||
|
* info
|
||||||
|
* - \e commandline: Source code of the host software (needs libusb).
|
||||||
|
* - \e common: Files needed by the firmware and the commandline-client.
|
||||||
|
* - \e circuit: Circuit diagrams in PDF and EAGLE 4 format. A free version of
|
||||||
|
* EAGLE is available for Linux, Mac OS X and Windows from
|
||||||
|
* http://www.cadsoft.de/.
|
||||||
|
* - \e License.txt: Public license for all contents of this project, except
|
||||||
|
* for the USB driver. Look in firmware/usbdrv/License.txt for further info.
|
||||||
|
* - \e Changelog.txt: Logfile documenting changes in soft-, firm- and
|
||||||
|
* hardware.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \section sec_thanks Thanks!
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* I'd like to thank <b>Objective Development</b> for the possibility to use
|
||||||
|
* their driver for my project. In fact, this project wouldn't exist without
|
||||||
|
* the driver.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* And I'd like to give special credits to <b>Thomas Stegemann</b>. He wrote
|
||||||
|
* the PWM-stuff, and I guess it would have been nearly to impossible to me to
|
||||||
|
* write the rest of the project without his help since C isn't my natural
|
||||||
|
* language.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* \section sec_license About the license
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Our work - all contents except for the USB driver - are licensed under the
|
||||||
|
* GNU General Public License (GPL). A copy of the GPL is included in
|
||||||
|
* License.txt. The driver itself is licensed under a special license by
|
||||||
|
* Objective Development. See firmware/usbdrv/License.txt for further info.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* <b>(c) 2006 by Ronald Schaten - http://www.schatenseite.de</b>
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* return codes for USB-communication */
|
||||||
|
#define msgOK 0 /**< Return code for OK. */
|
||||||
|
#define msgErr 1 /**< Return code for Error. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* These are the vendor specific SETUP commands implemented by our USB device */
|
||||||
|
#define CMD_ECHO 0 /**< Command to echo the sent data */
|
||||||
|
#define CMD_GET 1 /**< Command to fetch values */
|
||||||
|
#define CMD_SET 2 /**< Command to send values */
|
||||||
|
#define CMD_CLEAR 3 /**< Command to switch off a certain LED */
|
||||||
|
#define CMD_RESET 4 /**< Command to reset the whole device */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Description of one waveform. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_fade_Waveform {
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveformId; /**< ID of this waveform. */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveformLength; /**< Length of this waveform. */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveformRepetition; /**< How often is this waveform to be repeated? */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveformDuration; /**< Duration for one cycle of this waveform, stored for status-output. */
|
||||||
|
uint32_t waveformUpdateTime; /**< Time between two waveform-samples in calls of timerInterrupt(), calculated from waveformDuration. */
|
||||||
|
} fade_Waveform;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** The state of one LED. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_fade_LedState {
|
||||||
|
fade_Waveform wave[3]; /**< Three waveforms: base-function1, base-function2 and override-function. */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveCurrentId; /**< Which of the three waveforms is currently displayed? */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveCurrentValue; /**< The current brightness. */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveCurrentPosition; /**< Our position in the current waveform. */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t waveCurrentRepetition; /**< We are in the n-th repetition. */
|
||||||
|
int32_t waveNextUpdate; /**< Number of cycles till next update. */
|
||||||
|
} fade_LedState;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Contains the state of all four LEDs. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_fade_GlobalData {
|
||||||
|
fade_LedState led[4]; /**< Data for four LEDs. */
|
||||||
|
} fade_GlobalData;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint8_t fade_calculateWaveform(uint8_t waveformId, uint8_t waveformPosition);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Calculate a waveform. Returns either the length of a given waveform or the
|
||||||
|
* output-level at a certain position in the wave.
|
||||||
|
* \param waveformId ID of the waveform in question.
|
||||||
|
* \param waveformPosition 0 or position in the given waveform.
|
||||||
|
* \return If the waveformPosition is 0, the number of steps in this waveform is returned. Otherwise the resulting output-level, an integer between 0 and 31.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
uint8_t fade_calculateWaveform(uint8_t waveformId, uint8_t waveformPosition) {
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* values for sinus-wave, amplitude 31, 64 steps:
|
||||||
|
* awk 'BEGIN{ pi=3.1415927; for(i=1; i<=64; i++) { printf("%.0f, ", sin(i*pi/32)*31) } printf("\n"); }'
|
||||||
|
* 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 17, 20, 22, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30, 30, 31, 31, 31, 30,
|
||||||
|
* 30, 29, 27, 26, 24, 22, 20, 17, 15, 12, 9, 6, 3, -0, -3, -6, -9,
|
||||||
|
* -12, -15, -17, -20, -22, -24, -26, -27, -29, -30, -30, -31, -31, -31,
|
||||||
|
* -30, -30, -29, -27, -26, -24, -22, -20, -17, -15, -12, -9, -6, -3, 0
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* sinus-wave:
|
||||||
|
* awk 'BEGIN{ pi=3.1415927; for(i=1; i<=64; i++) { printf("%.0f, ", sin((i+48)*pi/32)*15+16) } printf("\n"); }'
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
uint8_t sinus[] = { 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16,
|
||||||
|
17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 28, 29, 30, 30, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
|
||||||
|
30, 30, 29, 28, 28, 27, 26, 24, 23, 22, 20, 19, 17, 16, 15, 13, 12, 10,
|
||||||
|
9, 8, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 2, 2, 1, 1, 1 };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* another nice wave, wider than the original sinus:
|
||||||
|
* awk 'BEGIN{ pi=3.1415927; for(i=1; i<=32; i++) { printf("%.0f, ", sqrt(sin(i*pi/32)*31+.00001)*sqrt(32)) } printf("\n"); }'
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
uint8_t widecurve[] = { 10, 14, 17, 19, 22, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 30, 31,
|
||||||
|
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 30, 30, 29, 28, 26, 25, 23, 22, 19, 17, 14, 10,
|
||||||
|
0 };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (waveformId <= 31) {
|
||||||
|
/* No fading, just a constant level */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return waveformId;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
switch (waveformId) {
|
||||||
|
case 32: /* blink */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 2;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 1) {
|
||||||
|
return 31;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
case 33: /* triangular */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 62;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition <= 32) {
|
||||||
|
return waveformPosition - 1;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return 63 - waveformPosition;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
case 34: /* sawtooth rising */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 32;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return waveformPosition - 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
case 35: /* sawtooth falling */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 32;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return 31 - (waveformPosition - 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
case 36: /* sinus */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 64;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return sinus[waveformPosition - 1];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
case 37: /* wide curve */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 32;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return widecurve[waveformPosition - 1];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
case 38: /* wide curve - inverted */
|
||||||
|
if (waveformPosition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
return 32;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return 31 - widecurve[(waveformPosition + 15) % 32];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
48
firmware/Makefile
Normal file
48
firmware/Makefile
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
|||||||
|
# $Id: Makefile,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AVRDUDE = avrdude -p atmega8 -P /dev/parport0 -c stk200
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COMPILE = avr-gcc -Wall -Os -Iusbdrv -I../common -I. -mmcu=atmega8 #-DDEBUG_LEVEL=2
|
||||||
|
# NEVER compile the final product with debugging! Any debug output will
|
||||||
|
# distort timing so that the specs can't be met.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
OBJECTS = usbdrv/usbdrv.o usbdrv/usbdrvasm.o usbdrv/oddebug.o main.o pwm_timer.o pwm_channels.o message_queue.o
|
||||||
|
# Note that we link usbdrv.o first! This is required for correct alignment of
|
||||||
|
# driver-internal global variables!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# symbolic targets:
|
||||||
|
all: main.hex
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.c.o:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -c $< -o $@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.S.o:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -x assembler-with-cpp -c $< -o $@
|
||||||
|
# "-x assembler-with-cpp" should not be necessary since this is the default
|
||||||
|
# file type for the .S (with capital S) extension. However, upper case
|
||||||
|
# characters are not always preserved on Windows. To ensure WinAVR
|
||||||
|
# compatibility define the file type manually.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.c.s:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -S $< -o $@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
program: all
|
||||||
|
$(AVRDUDE) -E noreset,vcc -U flash:w:main.hex
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
clean:
|
||||||
|
rm -f main.hex main.lst main.obj main.cof main.list main.map main.eep.hex main.bin *.o usbdrv/*.o main.s usbdrv/oddebug.s usbdrv/usbdrv.s
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# file targets:
|
||||||
|
main.bin: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -o main.bin $(OBJECTS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
main.hex: main.bin
|
||||||
|
rm -f main.hex main.eep.hex
|
||||||
|
avr-objcopy -j .text -j .data -O ihex main.bin main.hex
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
disasm: main.bin
|
||||||
|
avr-objdump -d main.bin
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cpp:
|
||||||
|
$(COMPILE) -E main.c
|
34
firmware/boolean.h
Normal file
34
firmware/boolean.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef boolean_h
|
||||||
|
#define boolean_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file boolean.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Provides boolean variables in C.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: boolean.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Possible boolean values */
|
||||||
|
typedef enum E_Boolean {
|
||||||
|
False = 0, /**< logical false */
|
||||||
|
True = 1 /**< logical true */
|
||||||
|
} Boolean;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Boolean function. Returns true or false, depending on the given condition.
|
||||||
|
* \param condition The condition to evaluate, must be integer.
|
||||||
|
* \return True or false.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static inline Boolean
|
||||||
|
boolean (int condition)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (condition) {
|
||||||
|
return True;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
return False;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
26
firmware/config_message_queue.h
Normal file
26
firmware/config_message_queue.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef config_message_queue_h
|
||||||
|
#define config_message_queue_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file config_message_queue.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Configures the message-queue.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: config_message_queue.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - define the size of the messageQueue(messageQueue_Size) and the type of the
|
||||||
|
* messageQueue_QueuedMessage
|
||||||
|
* - check that messageQueue_SizeType can hold 0..messageQueue_Size+1
|
||||||
|
* - the messageQueue buffers up to messageQueue_Size messages of the type
|
||||||
|
* messageQueue_QueuedMessage
|
||||||
|
* - currently the messageQueue is used by pwm_Channels and pwm_Timer with the
|
||||||
|
* pwm_Channels_Message
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "pwm_timer.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef pwm_Channels_Message messageQueue_QueuedMessage;
|
||||||
|
enum { messageQueue_Size = 3 };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
23
firmware/config_message_queue_impl.h
Normal file
23
firmware/config_message_queue_impl.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef config_message_queue_impl_h
|
||||||
|
#define config_message_queue_impl_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file config_message_queue_impl.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Configures the implementation of the message-queue.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: config_message_queue_impl.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - define the SizeType for the messageQueue
|
||||||
|
* - the messageQueue_SizeType must hold 0..messageQueue_Size + 1, see
|
||||||
|
* config_message_queue.h
|
||||||
|
* - the messageQueue_SizeType must be read/written by the processor in an
|
||||||
|
* atomic instruction
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef uint8_t messageQueue_SizeType;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
27
firmware/config_pwm_timer_impl.h
Normal file
27
firmware/config_pwm_timer_impl.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef config_pwm_timer_impl_h
|
||||||
|
#define config_pwm_timer_impl_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file config_pwm_timer_impl.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Configures the implementation of the PWM-timer.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: config_pwm_timer_impl.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max defines the number of (prescaled) processor cycles
|
||||||
|
* for a full pwm_TimerCycle
|
||||||
|
* - pwm_Timer_Cycles_ReadMin defines the number of (prescaled) processor
|
||||||
|
* cycles the reading from the message queue may last
|
||||||
|
* - pwm_Timer_Cycles_SleepMax defines the minimum number of (prescaled)
|
||||||
|
* processor cycles for which the timer is used. for less cycles the
|
||||||
|
* pwm_Timer waits active
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "pwm_channels.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
enum { pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max = pwm_Channels_Brightness_Max * pwm_Channels_Brightness_Max };
|
||||||
|
enum { pwm_Timer_Cycles_ReadMin = 2 };
|
||||||
|
enum { pwm_Timer_Cycles_SleepMax = 2 };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
278
firmware/main.c
Normal file
278
firmware/main.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
|
|||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file main.c
|
||||||
|
* \brief Firmware for the USB-LED-Fader.
|
||||||
|
* \author Ronald Schaten & Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: main.c,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "usbdrv.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "oddebug.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "pwm_channels.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "usbledfader.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "channels.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Global variable, contains the state of all four LEDs. */
|
||||||
|
static fade_GlobalData fade_globalData;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Global variable, contains the rest-amount of data to send to the host. */
|
||||||
|
static uint8_t usbRead;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Handler for the timer-interrupt. Determines the state of the four LEDs and
|
||||||
|
* calls pwm_Channels_show() if something is to be changed. This function
|
||||||
|
* contains the logic by which the waveforms are assigned to the LEDs.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void timerInterrupt(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uint8_t i = 0, changed = 0;
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < CHANNELS; i++) {
|
||||||
|
fade_LedState *pLed = &(fade_globalData.led[i]); /* fetch current LED */
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveNextUpdate--;
|
||||||
|
if (pLed->waveNextUpdate <= 0) { /* time to update */
|
||||||
|
fade_Waveform *pWave = &(pLed->wave[pLed->waveCurrentId]); /* fetch currently active wave */
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentPosition++; /* go to next position */
|
||||||
|
if (pLed->waveCurrentPosition > pWave->waveformLength) {
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentPosition = 1; /* restart wave */
|
||||||
|
if (pWave->waveformRepetition == 0) {
|
||||||
|
/* repeat this waveform forever */
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
/* next repetition */
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentRepetition++;
|
||||||
|
if (pLed->waveCurrentRepetition >= pWave->waveformRepetition) { /* enough of this wave */
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentRepetition = 0; /* reset repetition counter */
|
||||||
|
switch (pLed->waveCurrentId) { /* activate next wave */
|
||||||
|
case 0:
|
||||||
|
if (pLed->wave[1].waveformDuration > 0) { /* only activate if a wave is set */
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentId = 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case 1:
|
||||||
|
if (pLed->wave[0].waveformDuration > 0) { /* only activate if a wave is set */
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentId = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case 2:
|
||||||
|
/* wave 2 is only to be repeated the given times,
|
||||||
|
* reset and continue with wave 0 */
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformId = 0;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformLength = fade_calculateWaveform(pWave->waveformId, 0);
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformRepetition = 1;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformDuration = 0;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformUpdateTime = 1;
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentId = 0;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
uint8_t newValue = fade_calculateWaveform(pLed->wave[pLed->waveCurrentId].waveformId, pLed->waveCurrentPosition); /* fetch new value */
|
||||||
|
if (newValue != pLed->waveCurrentValue) { /* only update if the value has changed */
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentValue = newValue;
|
||||||
|
changed = 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveNextUpdate = pLed->wave[pLed->waveCurrentId].waveformUpdateTime; /* next update according to the wave's settings */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (changed) { /* any value has changed, update all LEDs */
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels channels;
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < CHANNELS; i++) {
|
||||||
|
channels.channel[i] = fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentValue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_show(channels);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Start displaying a certain waveform on a single LED.
|
||||||
|
* \param ledId ID of the LED that is changed.
|
||||||
|
* \param waveId ID of the wave that to be set: 0 and 1 are the base waves, 2 is the override wave.
|
||||||
|
* \param waveformId ID of the Waveform that is to be assigned to the LED.
|
||||||
|
* \param periodDuration How long should this wave stay on display? Time in seconds/10.
|
||||||
|
* \param repetitionCount How many times should this wave be repeated while it is on display?
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void fade_startWaveform(uint8_t ledId, uint8_t waveId, uint8_t waveformId, uint8_t periodDuration, uint8_t repetitionCount) {
|
||||||
|
if ((ledId < CHANNELS) && (waveId < 3)) {
|
||||||
|
fade_LedState *pLed = &(fade_globalData.led[ledId]);
|
||||||
|
fade_Waveform *pWave = &(pLed->wave[waveId]);
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentId = waveId;
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentPosition = 0;
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveCurrentRepetition = 0;
|
||||||
|
pLed->waveNextUpdate = 0;
|
||||||
|
if (periodDuration > 0) {
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformId = waveformId;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformLength = fade_calculateWaveform(waveformId, 0);
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformRepetition = repetitionCount;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformDuration = periodDuration;
|
||||||
|
/* waveformUpdateTime in calls of timerInterrupt().
|
||||||
|
* periodDuration in seconds/10.
|
||||||
|
* 12000000 cycles per second
|
||||||
|
* 64 cycles per timer/counter (prescaler)
|
||||||
|
* 256 timer/counter per interrupt-call
|
||||||
|
* -> (12000000 / (256 * 64)) = 732 calls per second */
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformUpdateTime = ((uint32_t)periodDuration * 12000000 / 256 / 64 / 10 / pWave->waveformLength );
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
/* periodDuration = 0, reset the wave */
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformId = 0;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformLength = fade_calculateWaveform(pWave->waveformId, 0);
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformRepetition = 1;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformDuration = 0;
|
||||||
|
pWave->waveformUpdateTime = 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Fills fade_globalData. The state of all LEDs is initialized to off. One
|
||||||
|
* signal is displayed on all LEDs to ensure they're working.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void fade_globalData_init(void) {
|
||||||
|
int i = 0, j = 0;
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < CHANNELS; i++) {
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentId = 0;
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentPosition = 0;
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveCurrentRepetition = 0;
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].waveNextUpdate = 0;
|
||||||
|
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformId = 0;
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformLength =
|
||||||
|
fade_calculateWaveform(fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].
|
||||||
|
waveformId, 0);
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformRepetition = 1;
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformDuration = 0;
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData.led[i].wave[j].waveformUpdateTime = 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* show that we are ready */
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < CHANNELS; i++) {
|
||||||
|
fade_startWaveform(i, 2, 36, 10, 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* USB-Data-Handler (device -> host). Handles data that is to be sent to the
|
||||||
|
* host via USB-Interface. In our case the data contains the current settings
|
||||||
|
* for the LEDs. This function is called until the returned length is shorter
|
||||||
|
* than the buffer (typically 8 bytes).
|
||||||
|
* \param data Buffer for the data.
|
||||||
|
* \param len Length of the buffer.
|
||||||
|
* \return Length of the returned buffer.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
uchar usbFunctionRead(uchar *data, uchar len) {
|
||||||
|
uint8_t i = 0;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t *p_fade_globalData = (uint8_t*)&fade_globalData;
|
||||||
|
while ((i < len) && (usbRead < sizeof(fade_GlobalData))) {
|
||||||
|
data[i] = p_fade_globalData[usbRead];
|
||||||
|
usbRead++;
|
||||||
|
i++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return i;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* USB-Data-Handler (host -> device). Handles data that is received from the
|
||||||
|
* USB-Interface. In our case the data contains settings for the LEDs.
|
||||||
|
* \param data The received data, up to 8 bytes.
|
||||||
|
* \param len Length of the received data.
|
||||||
|
* \return 1 if we have received the entire payload successfully, 0 if we expect more data. We don't, so we always return 1.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
uchar usbFunctionWrite(uchar *data, uchar len) {
|
||||||
|
/* parameters:
|
||||||
|
* data[0]: command (0: echo, 1: read status, 2: set status, 3: clear)
|
||||||
|
* data[1]: ledId
|
||||||
|
* data[2]: waveId
|
||||||
|
* data[3]: waveformId
|
||||||
|
* data[4]: periodDuration
|
||||||
|
* data[5]: repetitionCount
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
fade_startWaveform(data[1], data[2], data[3], data[4], data[5]);
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* USB-Setup-Handler. Handles setup-calls that are received from the
|
||||||
|
* USB-Interface.
|
||||||
|
* \param data Eight bytes of data.
|
||||||
|
* \return The number of returned bytes (in replyBuffer[]).
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
uchar usbFunctionSetup(uchar data[8]) {
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
static uchar replyBuffer[8];
|
||||||
|
uchar replyLength;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
replyBuffer[0] = msgOK;
|
||||||
|
switch (data[1]) {
|
||||||
|
case CMD_ECHO: /* echo */
|
||||||
|
replyBuffer[0] = data[2];
|
||||||
|
replyBuffer[1] = data[3];
|
||||||
|
replyLength = 2;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CMD_GET: /* read status */
|
||||||
|
usbRead = 0;
|
||||||
|
replyLength = 0xff; /* special value, indicates that usbFunctionRead() has to be called */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CMD_SET: /* set status */
|
||||||
|
replyLength = 0xff; /* special value, indicates that usbFunctionWrite() has to be called */
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CMD_CLEAR: /* clear one LED */
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i <= 2; i++) {
|
||||||
|
/* clear all three waves on this LED */
|
||||||
|
fade_startWaveform(data[2], i, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
replyLength = 1;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CMD_RESET: /* reset the device */
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData_init();
|
||||||
|
replyLength = 1;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default: /* WTF? */
|
||||||
|
replyBuffer[0] = msgErr;
|
||||||
|
replyLength = 1;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usbMsgPtr = replyBuffer;
|
||||||
|
return replyLength;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Main-function. Initializes the hardware and starts the main loop of the
|
||||||
|
* application.
|
||||||
|
* \return An integer. Whatever... :-)
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
int main(void) {
|
||||||
|
uchar i, j;
|
||||||
|
odDebugInit();
|
||||||
|
DDRB = ~0; /* output SE0 for USB reset */
|
||||||
|
PORTB = 0x00; /* no pullups on USB pins */
|
||||||
|
DDRC = 0xff; /* all outputs */
|
||||||
|
PORTC = 0x00;
|
||||||
|
DDRD = 0x00; /* all inputs */
|
||||||
|
PORTD = 0x00;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
j = 0;
|
||||||
|
while (--j) { /* USB Reset by device only required on Watchdog Reset */
|
||||||
|
i = 0;
|
||||||
|
while (--i); /* delay >10ms for USB reset */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
DDRB = ~USBMASK; /* all outputs except USB data */
|
||||||
|
TCCR0 = 3; /* set prescaler to 1/64 */
|
||||||
|
usbInit();
|
||||||
|
sei();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_init();
|
||||||
|
fade_globalData_init();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (1) { /* main event loop */
|
||||||
|
usbPoll();
|
||||||
|
if (TIFR & (1 << TOV0)) {
|
||||||
|
TIFR |= 1 << TOV0; /* clear pending flag */
|
||||||
|
timerInterrupt();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
95
firmware/message_queue.c
Normal file
95
firmware/message_queue.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
|||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file message_queue.c
|
||||||
|
* \brief A message queue used to exchange messages between two concurrent threads.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: message_queue.c,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
|
#include "message_queue.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "config_message_queue_impl.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Structure of the global data of the queue */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_messageQueue_GlobalData {
|
||||||
|
messageQueue_QueuedMessage queue[messageQueue_Size]; /**< the queue itself */
|
||||||
|
messageQueue_SizeType begin; /**< the current start of the queue */
|
||||||
|
messageQueue_SizeType end; /**< the current end of the queue */
|
||||||
|
} messageQueue_GlobalData;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Global data of the queue */
|
||||||
|
static volatile messageQueue_GlobalData m_data;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Get the next entry fron the queue.
|
||||||
|
* \param value Number of the current entry.
|
||||||
|
* \return 0 if the value is larger than the queue, otherwise the next entry.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static inline messageQueue_SizeType messageQueue_next(messageQueue_SizeType value) {
|
||||||
|
value++;
|
||||||
|
if(value >= messageQueue_Size) {
|
||||||
|
value= 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return value;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Initialize the queue.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void messageQueue_init(void) {
|
||||||
|
m_data.begin= 0;
|
||||||
|
m_data.end= 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Clean up the queue. Currently this does nothing.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void messageQueue_cleanup(void)
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Test if the queue is empty.
|
||||||
|
* \return True if it is empty, otherwise false.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_isEmpty(void) {
|
||||||
|
return boolean(m_data.begin == m_data.end);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Test if the queue is full. If it is full, new entries will overwrite the
|
||||||
|
* first entries.
|
||||||
|
* \return True if it is full, otherwise false.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_isFull(void) {
|
||||||
|
return boolean(messageQueue_next(m_data.end) == m_data.begin);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Read a message from the queue.
|
||||||
|
* \param pMessage Pointer to a message variable that should be set to the
|
||||||
|
* message.
|
||||||
|
* \return True if an entry could be read, otherwise false.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_read(messageQueue_QueuedMessage* pMessage) {
|
||||||
|
Boolean success= !messageQueue_isEmpty();
|
||||||
|
if(success) {
|
||||||
|
*pMessage= m_data.queue[m_data.begin];
|
||||||
|
m_data.begin= messageQueue_next(m_data.begin);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return success;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Write a message to the queue.
|
||||||
|
* \param message The message to append.
|
||||||
|
* \return True if the message could be appended, otherwise false.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_write(messageQueue_QueuedMessage message) {
|
||||||
|
Boolean success= !messageQueue_isFull();
|
||||||
|
if(success) {
|
||||||
|
m_data.queue[m_data.end]= message;
|
||||||
|
m_data.end= messageQueue_next(m_data.end);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return success;
|
||||||
|
}
|
37
firmware/message_queue.h
Normal file
37
firmware/message_queue.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef message_queue_h
|
||||||
|
#define message_queue_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file message_queue.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief A message queue used to exchange messages between two concurrent
|
||||||
|
* threads.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: message_queue.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - exchange messages between two concurrent threads (e.g.: main thread and
|
||||||
|
* interrupt calls)
|
||||||
|
* - before using any other function of the messageQueue, init must be called
|
||||||
|
* - one thread must be data source (use isFull and write)
|
||||||
|
* - the other thread must be the data sink (use isEmpty and read)
|
||||||
|
* - two concurrent threads must not use both the write functions and two
|
||||||
|
* concurrent threads must not use both the read functions
|
||||||
|
* - read/write return True on success and False if the message could not be
|
||||||
|
* read/written because the queue is empty/full
|
||||||
|
* - the size of the messageQueue and the type of the
|
||||||
|
* messageQueue_QueuedMessage are defined in config_message_queue.h
|
||||||
|
* - only one messageQueue can be used in a project
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "boolean.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "config_message_queue.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void messageQueue_init (void);
|
||||||
|
void messageQueue_cleanup(void);
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_isEmpty(void);
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_isFull (void);
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_read (messageQueue_QueuedMessage* pMessage);
|
||||||
|
Boolean messageQueue_write (messageQueue_QueuedMessage message);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
108
firmware/pwm_channels.c
Normal file
108
firmware/pwm_channels.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
|||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file pwm_channels.c
|
||||||
|
* \brief Manages the values of the displayed channels.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: pwm_channels.c,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "pwm_channels.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "pwm_timer.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "config_pwm_timer_impl.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "message_queue.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Structure to contain the state of one channel */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_pwm_Channels_ChannelBrightness {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Bitfield field; /**< Bitfield resembling one channel */
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_Cycles cycle; /**< Number of on-cycles */
|
||||||
|
} pwm_Channels_ChannelBrightness;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Initialize channels. Basically, only the PWM-timer is started.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Channels_init(void) {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_init();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Clean up channels. Basically, the PWM-timer gets cleaned.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Channels_cleanup(void) {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_cleanup();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Calculate the Channels_Message. Requires the channel-list to be sorted by
|
||||||
|
* cycles.
|
||||||
|
* \param channels Array of the channels.
|
||||||
|
* \return Current message.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static pwm_Channels_Message pwm_Channels_Message_get(pwm_Channels_ChannelBrightness channels[CHANNELS]) {
|
||||||
|
int j;
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_StepCounter i= 0;
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Message message;
|
||||||
|
message.step[i].field = 0;
|
||||||
|
for (j = 0; j < CHANNELS; j++) {
|
||||||
|
message.step[i].field |= channels[j].field;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
message.step[i].cycle= 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (j = 0; j < CHANNELS; j++) {
|
||||||
|
if(channels[j].cycle == message.step[i].cycle) {
|
||||||
|
message.step[i].field&= ~channels[j].field;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
message.step[i].cycle= channels[j].cycle;
|
||||||
|
i++;
|
||||||
|
message.step[i]= message.step[i-1];
|
||||||
|
message.step[i].field&= ~channels[j].field;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
message.step[i].cycle= pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max;
|
||||||
|
return message;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Calculate number of cycles from a brightness.
|
||||||
|
* \param brightness The brightness.
|
||||||
|
* \return The number of cycles.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_Cycles pwm_Channels_BrightnessToCycles(pwm_Channels_Brightness brightness) {
|
||||||
|
return brightness * brightness;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Compare the number of cycles in two channels. This is needed for the
|
||||||
|
* qsort-call in pwm_Channels_show().
|
||||||
|
* \param cmp1 First channel.
|
||||||
|
* \param cmp2 Second channel.
|
||||||
|
* \return A value <0 if cmp1 is smaller than cmp2, 0 if they are of the same
|
||||||
|
* length and a value >0 if cmp1 is larger than cmp2.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
int pwm_Channels_CompareChannels(const void * cmp1, const void * cmp2) {
|
||||||
|
return ((const pwm_Channels_ChannelBrightness*)cmp1)->cycle - ((const pwm_Channels_ChannelBrightness*)cmp2)->cycle;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Writes the current pattern to the message-queue. The pattern is built from
|
||||||
|
* the state of all channels.
|
||||||
|
* \param channels Array with the channel-states.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Channels_show(pwm_Channels channels) {
|
||||||
|
int i;
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Message message;
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_ChannelBrightness channel_brightness[CHANNELS];
|
||||||
|
for (i = 0; i < CHANNELS; i++) {
|
||||||
|
channel_brightness[i].field = 1 << i; // 1 << i equals 2^i
|
||||||
|
channel_brightness[i].cycle = pwm_Channels_BrightnessToCycles(channels.channel[i]);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
qsort(channel_brightness, CHANNELS, sizeof(pwm_Channels_ChannelBrightness), pwm_Channels_CompareChannels);
|
||||||
|
message= pwm_Channels_Message_get(channel_brightness);
|
||||||
|
while(!messageQueue_write(message)) {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_idle();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
39
firmware/pwm_channels.h
Normal file
39
firmware/pwm_channels.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef pwm_Channels_h
|
||||||
|
#define pwm_Channels_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file pwm_channels.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Manages the values of the displayed channels.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: pwm_channels.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - display the specified channels for a cycle of pwm_timer
|
||||||
|
* - before using the function show, init must be called
|
||||||
|
* - for every cycle of pwm_timer, show must be called
|
||||||
|
* - show buffers the selected channels, so it returns immediatly, as long as
|
||||||
|
* the internal buffer is not full
|
||||||
|
* - when the buffer is full the function blocks until another pwm_timer cycle
|
||||||
|
* has processed the current channels
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
|
#include "channels.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Type to contain the brightness of one channel. */
|
||||||
|
typedef uint8_t pwm_Channels_Brightness;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Definition of the maximum brightness. */
|
||||||
|
enum { pwm_Channels_Brightness_Max = 31 };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Structure to contain the state of several channels. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_pwm_Channels {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Brightness channel[CHANNELS]; /**< Array of channels. */
|
||||||
|
} pwm_Channels;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Channels_init(void);
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Channels_cleanup(void);
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Channels_show(pwm_Channels channels);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
139
firmware/pwm_timer.c
Normal file
139
firmware/pwm_timer.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
|
|||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file pwm_timer.c
|
||||||
|
* \brief Controls the actual PWM-output.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: pwm_timer.c,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "boolean.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "message_queue.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "pwm_timer.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "config_pwm_timer_impl.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Structure to contain the global data for the timer. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_pwm_Timer_GlobalData {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Message message[2]; /**< Array of two messages */
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Message* pActive; /**< Pointer to the active message */
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Message* pRead; /**< Pointer to the message to read */
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_StepCounter step; /**< Current step in the cycle */
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_Cycles currentCycle; /**< Current cycle */
|
||||||
|
Boolean readDone; /**< Indicates if something is read from the queue */
|
||||||
|
} pwm_Timer_GlobalData;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static pwm_Timer_GlobalData m_data; /**< Global data for the timer. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Initialize the PWM-Timer. Sets basic values, starts the timer and
|
||||||
|
* initializes output-pins.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Timer_init(void) {
|
||||||
|
messageQueue_init();
|
||||||
|
m_data.step= 0;
|
||||||
|
m_data.currentCycle= 0;
|
||||||
|
m_data.pActive= &m_data.message[0];
|
||||||
|
m_data.pRead= &m_data.message[1];
|
||||||
|
m_data.readDone= False;
|
||||||
|
m_data.pActive->step[0].cycle= pwm_Channels_Brightness_Max;
|
||||||
|
m_data.pActive->step[0].field= 0;
|
||||||
|
/* clk/64 prescaling, CTC mode */
|
||||||
|
/* enable timer1 overflow (=output compare 1a) */
|
||||||
|
TCCR1B= _BV(CS11) | _BV(CS10) | _BV(WGM12);
|
||||||
|
TCCR1A= 0;
|
||||||
|
TIMSK|= _BV(OCIE1A);
|
||||||
|
/* load initial delay */
|
||||||
|
OCR1A= pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max;
|
||||||
|
/* initialize output pin */
|
||||||
|
DDRC = (1 << CHANNELS) - 1; // set all used channel-pins to output
|
||||||
|
PORTC = 0;
|
||||||
|
sei();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Clean up the timer. Basically, the message-queue is cleaned.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Timer_cleanup(void) {
|
||||||
|
messageQueue_cleanup();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Do nothing.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Timer_idle(void)
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Sleeps the required number of cycles. There are two possible ways of
|
||||||
|
* sleeping: 'active' and 'passive'. If we are required to sleep less than the
|
||||||
|
* number of cycles defined in pwm_Timer_Cycles_SleepMax, we execute an empty
|
||||||
|
* loop until we are ready (active sleeping). Otherwise, we set the timer to
|
||||||
|
* wake us after the given number of cycles (passive sleeping).
|
||||||
|
* \param sleep Number of cycles.
|
||||||
|
* \return True if we slept 'actively' (doing the while-loop), otherwise false.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static Boolean pwm_Timer_sleep(pwm_Timer_Cycles sleep) {
|
||||||
|
Boolean sleepDone= False;
|
||||||
|
if((sleep < pwm_Timer_Cycles_SleepMax)) {
|
||||||
|
while (TCNT1 < sleep)
|
||||||
|
{}
|
||||||
|
sleepDone= True;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
OCR1A= sleep;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return sleepDone;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Switch the output-pins to the given pattern.
|
||||||
|
* \param field 8-bit output-pattern.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void pwm_Timer_switchLed(pwm_Channels_Bitfield field) {
|
||||||
|
PORTC= field;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Timer interrupt routine. Determines the pattern to set and handles the times
|
||||||
|
* to do PWM.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
SIGNAL(SIG_OUTPUT_COMPARE1A) {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_Cycles sleep= pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max;
|
||||||
|
OCR1A= pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max;
|
||||||
|
sei();
|
||||||
|
do {
|
||||||
|
if((m_data.step == pwm_Channels_StepCounter_Max) || (m_data.currentCycle == pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max)) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_data.readDone) {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Message* pSwap= m_data.pActive;
|
||||||
|
m_data.pActive= m_data.pRead;
|
||||||
|
m_data.pRead= pSwap;
|
||||||
|
m_data.readDone= False;
|
||||||
|
m_data.currentCycle= 0;
|
||||||
|
m_data.step= 0;
|
||||||
|
sleep= 0;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
/* error could not read a new channels message in a whole cycle */
|
||||||
|
/* wait a complete cycle for the next message */
|
||||||
|
//sleep= pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max;
|
||||||
|
m_data.currentCycle= 0;
|
||||||
|
m_data.step= 0;
|
||||||
|
sleep= 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_switchLed(m_data.pActive->step[m_data.step].field);
|
||||||
|
sleep= m_data.pActive->step[m_data.step].cycle - m_data.currentCycle;
|
||||||
|
m_data.currentCycle= m_data.pActive->step[m_data.step].cycle;
|
||||||
|
m_data.step++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} while(pwm_Timer_sleep(sleep));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(!m_data.readDone && (sleep > pwm_Timer_Cycles_ReadMin)) {
|
||||||
|
if(messageQueue_read(m_data.pRead)) {
|
||||||
|
m_data.readDone= True;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
70
firmware/pwm_timer.h
Normal file
70
firmware/pwm_timer.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
|||||||
|
#ifndef pwm_timer_h
|
||||||
|
#define pwm_timer_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file pwm_timer.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Controls the actual PWM-output.
|
||||||
|
* \author Thomas Stegemann
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: pwm_timer.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* License: See documentation.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* - read and process the pwm_Channels_Message from the messageQueue (written
|
||||||
|
* by pwm_Channels)
|
||||||
|
* - use a timed interrupt to switch the led at a specified processor cycle
|
||||||
|
* - init starts the processing and the timer
|
||||||
|
* - idle is called by the pwm_Channels when the internal buffer is full
|
||||||
|
* - at every pwm_timer cycle the leds can be switched in up to four steps
|
||||||
|
* every step defines which leds are switched on/off and up to which
|
||||||
|
* processor cycle the status is hold so the brightness for the three leds
|
||||||
|
* can be switched independently
|
||||||
|
* - example:
|
||||||
|
* - start with all leds for 10 cycles:
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* step[0]= {10, 1|2|4};
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* - switch off the red led for further 10 cycles
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* step[1]= {20, 2|4};
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* - switch off the green led for further 10 cycles
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* step[2]= {30, 4};
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
* - switch off all leds for the remaining time
|
||||||
|
* \code
|
||||||
|
* step[3]= {pwm_Timer_Cycles_Max, 0};
|
||||||
|
* \endcode
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "pwm_channels.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** 8-bit-field to contain the state of the channels. */
|
||||||
|
typedef uint8_t pwm_Channels_Bitfield;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Value to count the steps in one channel. */
|
||||||
|
typedef uint8_t pwm_Channels_StepCounter;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Contains a number of controller-cycles. */
|
||||||
|
typedef uint16_t pwm_Timer_Cycles;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Definition of the maximum number of steps. */
|
||||||
|
enum{pwm_Channels_StepCounter_Max= CHANNELS + 1};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Structure to contain one step. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_pwm_Channels_Step {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Timer_Cycles cycle; /**< Number of cycles to complete this step. */
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Bitfield field; /**< The state of all channels. */
|
||||||
|
} pwm_Channels_Step;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** Structure to contain an array of steps. */
|
||||||
|
typedef struct S_pwm_Channels_Message {
|
||||||
|
pwm_Channels_Step step[pwm_Channels_StepCounter_Max]; /**< Array of steps. */
|
||||||
|
} pwm_Channels_Message;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Timer_init(void);
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Timer_cleanup(void);
|
||||||
|
void pwm_Timer_idle(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
170
firmware/usbconfig.h
Normal file
170
firmware/usbconfig.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: usbconfig.h
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR USB driver
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2005-04-01
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: usbconfig.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __usbconfig_h_included__
|
||||||
|
#define __usbconfig_h_included__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* \file usbconfig.h
|
||||||
|
* \brief Configuration of the USB-driver.
|
||||||
|
* \version $Id: usbconfig.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
General Description:
|
||||||
|
This file contains parts of the USB driver which can be configured and can or
|
||||||
|
must be adapted to your hardware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Please note that the usbdrv contains a usbconfig-prototype.h file now. We
|
||||||
|
recommend that you use that file as a template because it will always list
|
||||||
|
the newest features and options.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ---------------------------- Hardware Config ---------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME B
|
||||||
|
/* This is the port where the USB bus is connected. When you configure it to
|
||||||
|
* "PORTB", the registers PORTB, PINB (=PORTB-2) and DDRB (=PORTB-1) will be
|
||||||
|
* used.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DMINUS_BIT 0
|
||||||
|
/* This is the bit number in USB_CFG_IOPORT where the USB D- line is connected.
|
||||||
|
* This MUST be bit 0 or 7. All other values will result in a compile error!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DPLUS_BIT 1
|
||||||
|
/* This is the bit number in USB_CFG_IOPORT where the USB D+ line is connected.
|
||||||
|
* This may be any bit in the port. Please note that D+ must also be connected
|
||||||
|
* to interrupt pin INT0!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME B */
|
||||||
|
/* This is the port where the USB D- pullup resistor is connected. When you
|
||||||
|
* configure it to "PORTB", the registers PORTB and DDRB (=PORTB-1) will be
|
||||||
|
* used. If this constant is defined, the macros usbDeviceConnect() and
|
||||||
|
* usbDeviceDisconnect will be available.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT 2 */
|
||||||
|
/* This is the bit number in USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORT where the USB D- 1.5 kOhm
|
||||||
|
* pullup resistor is connected instead of VBUS. This may be any bit in
|
||||||
|
* the port.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* --------------------------- Functional Range ---------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT 0
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if you want to compile a version with two endpoints: The
|
||||||
|
* default control endpoint 0 and an interrupt-in endpoint 1.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT 0
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if you also want to implement the ENDPOINT_HALT feature
|
||||||
|
* for endpoint 1 (interrupt endpoint). Although you may not need this feature,
|
||||||
|
* it is required by the standard. We have made it a config option because it
|
||||||
|
* bloats the code considerably.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTR_POLL_INTERVAL 10
|
||||||
|
/* If you compile a version with endpoint 1 (interrupt-in), this is the poll
|
||||||
|
* interval. The value is in milliseconds and must not be less than 10 ms for
|
||||||
|
* low speed devices.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IS_SELF_POWERED 1
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if the device has its own power supply. Set it to 0 if the
|
||||||
|
* device is powered from the USB bus.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_MAX_BUS_POWER 20
|
||||||
|
/* Set this variable to the maximum USB bus power consumption of your device.
|
||||||
|
* The value is in milliamperes. [It will be divided by two since USB
|
||||||
|
* communicates power requirements in units of 2 mA.]
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_SAMPLE_EXACT 0
|
||||||
|
/* This variable affects Sampling Jitter for USB receiving. When it is 0, the
|
||||||
|
* driver guarantees a sampling window of 1/2 bit. The USB spec requires
|
||||||
|
* that the receiver has at most 1/4 bit sampling window. The 1/2 bit window
|
||||||
|
* should still work reliably enough because we work at low speed. If you want
|
||||||
|
* to meet the spec, set this value to 1. This will unroll a loop which
|
||||||
|
* results in bigger code size.
|
||||||
|
* If you have problems with long cables, try setting this value to 1.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE 1
|
||||||
|
/* Set this to 1 if you want usbFunctionWrite() to be called for control-out
|
||||||
|
* transfers. Set it to 0 if you don't need it and want to save a couple of
|
||||||
|
* bytes.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ 1
|
||||||
|
/* Set this to 1 if you need to send control replies which are generated
|
||||||
|
* "on the fly" when usbFunctionRead() is called. If you only want to send
|
||||||
|
* data from a static buffer, set it to 0 and return the data from
|
||||||
|
* usbFunctionSetup(). This saves a couple of bytes.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* -------------------------- Device Description --------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID 0xc0, 0x16 /* 5824 in dec, stands for VOTI */
|
||||||
|
/* USB vendor ID for the device, low byte first. If you have registered your
|
||||||
|
* own Vendor ID, define it here. Otherwise you use obdev's free shared
|
||||||
|
* VID/PID pair. Be sure to read USBID-License.txt for rules!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID 0xdc, 0x05 /* 1500 in dec, obdev's free PID */
|
||||||
|
/* This is the ID of the product, low byte first. It is interpreted in the
|
||||||
|
* scope of the vendor ID. If you have registered your own VID with usb.org
|
||||||
|
* or if you have licensed a PID from somebody else, define it here. Otherwise
|
||||||
|
* you use obdev's free shared VID/PID pair. Be sure to read the rules in
|
||||||
|
* USBID-License.txt!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_VERSION 0x00, 0x01
|
||||||
|
/* Version number of the device: Minor number first, then major number.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME 'w', 'w', 'w', '.', 's', 'c', 'h', 'a', 't', 'e', 'n', 's', 'e', 'i', 't', 'e', '.', 'd', 'e'
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME_LEN 19
|
||||||
|
/* These two values define the vendor name returned by the USB device. The name
|
||||||
|
* must be given as a list of characters under single quotes. The characters
|
||||||
|
* are interpreted as Unicode (UTF-16) entities.
|
||||||
|
* If you don't want a vendor name string, undefine these macros.
|
||||||
|
* ALWAYS define a vendor name containing your Internet domain name if you use
|
||||||
|
* obdev's free shared VID/PID pair. See the file USBID-License.txt for
|
||||||
|
* details.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME 'U', 'S', 'B', '-', 'L', 'E', 'D', '-', 'F', 'a', 'd', 'e', 'r'
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME_LEN 13
|
||||||
|
/* Same as above for the device name. If you don't want a device name, undefine
|
||||||
|
* the macros. See the file USBID-License.txt before you assign a name.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER_LENGTH 0
|
||||||
|
/* Set this define to the number of charcters in the serial number if your
|
||||||
|
* device should have a serial number to uniquely identify each hardware
|
||||||
|
* instance. You must supply the serial number in a string descriptor with the
|
||||||
|
* name "usbCfgSerialNumberStringDescriptor", e.g.:
|
||||||
|
* #define USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER_LENGTH 5
|
||||||
|
* int usbCfgSerialNumberStringDescriptor[] PROGMEM = {
|
||||||
|
* USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER(USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER_LENGTH),
|
||||||
|
* '1', '2', '3', '4', '5'
|
||||||
|
* };
|
||||||
|
* See usbdrv.h for more information about the USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER()
|
||||||
|
* macro or usbdrv.c for example string descriptors.
|
||||||
|
* You may want to put "usbCfgSerialNumberStringDescriptor" at a constant
|
||||||
|
* flash memory address (with magic linker commands) so that you don't need
|
||||||
|
* to recompile if you change it.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_CLASS 0xff
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_SUBCLASS 0
|
||||||
|
/* See USB specification if you want to conform to an existing device class.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_CLASS 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_SUBCLASS 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_PROTOCOL 0
|
||||||
|
/* See USB specification if you want to conform to an existing device class or
|
||||||
|
* protocol.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0 /* total length of report descriptor */
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to the length of the HID report descriptor, if you implement
|
||||||
|
* an HID device. Otherwise don't define it or define it to 0.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __usbconfig_h_included__ */
|
115
firmware/usbdrv/Changelog.txt
Normal file
115
firmware/usbdrv/Changelog.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
|
|||||||
|
This file documents changes in the firmware-only USB driver for atmel's AVR
|
||||||
|
microcontrollers. New entries are always appended to the end of the file.
|
||||||
|
Scroll down to the bottom to see the most recent changes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2005-04-01:
|
||||||
|
- Implemented endpoint 1 as interrupt-in endpoint.
|
||||||
|
- Moved all configuration options to usbconfig.h which is not part of the
|
||||||
|
driver.
|
||||||
|
- Changed interface for usbVendorSetup().
|
||||||
|
- Fixed compatibility with ATMega8 device.
|
||||||
|
- Various minor optimizations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2005-04-11:
|
||||||
|
- Changed interface to application: Use usbFunctionSetup(), usbFunctionRead()
|
||||||
|
and usbFunctionWrite() now. Added configuration options to choose which
|
||||||
|
of these functions to compile in.
|
||||||
|
- Assembler module delivers receive data non-inverted now.
|
||||||
|
- Made register and bit names compatible with more AVR devices.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2005-05-03:
|
||||||
|
- Allow address of usbRxBuf on any memory page as long as the buffer does
|
||||||
|
not cross 256 byte page boundaries.
|
||||||
|
- Better device compatibility: works with Mega88 now.
|
||||||
|
- Code optimization in debugging module.
|
||||||
|
- Documentation updates.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2006-01-02:
|
||||||
|
- Added (free) default Vendor- and Product-IDs bought from voti.nl.
|
||||||
|
- Added USBID-License.txt file which defines the rules for using the free
|
||||||
|
shared VID/PID pair.
|
||||||
|
- Added Readme.txt to the usbdrv directory which clarifies administrative
|
||||||
|
issues.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2006-01-25:
|
||||||
|
- Added "configured state" to become more standards compliant.
|
||||||
|
- Added "HALT" state for interrupt endpoint.
|
||||||
|
- Driver passes the "USB Command Verifier" test from usb.org now.
|
||||||
|
- Made "serial number" a configuration option.
|
||||||
|
- Minor optimizations, we now recommend compiler option "-Os" for best
|
||||||
|
results.
|
||||||
|
- Added a version number to usbdrv.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2006-02-03:
|
||||||
|
- New configuration variable USB_BUFFER_SECTION for the memory section where
|
||||||
|
the USB rx buffer will go. This defaults to ".bss" if not defined. Since
|
||||||
|
this buffer MUST NOT cross 256 byte pages (not even touch a page at the
|
||||||
|
end), the user may want to pass a linker option similar to
|
||||||
|
"-Wl,--section-start=.mybuffer=0x800060".
|
||||||
|
- Provide structure for usbRequest_t.
|
||||||
|
- New defines for USB constants.
|
||||||
|
- Prepared for HID implementations.
|
||||||
|
- Increased data size limit for interrupt transfers to 8 bytes.
|
||||||
|
- New macro usbInterruptIsReady() to query interrupt buffer state.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2006-02-18:
|
||||||
|
- Ensure that the data token which is sent as an ack to an OUT transfer is
|
||||||
|
always zero sized. This fixes a bug where the host reports an error after
|
||||||
|
sending an out transfer to the device, although all data arrived at the
|
||||||
|
device.
|
||||||
|
- Updated docs in usbdrv.h to reflect changed API in usbFunctionWrite().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Release 2006-02-20
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Give a compiler warning when compiling with debugging turned on.
|
||||||
|
- Added Oleg Semyonov's changes for IAR-cc compatibility.
|
||||||
|
- Added new (optional) functions usbDeviceConnect() and usbDeviceDisconnect()
|
||||||
|
(also thanks to Oleg!).
|
||||||
|
- Rearranged tests in usbPoll() to save a couple of instructions in the most
|
||||||
|
likely case that no actions are pending.
|
||||||
|
- We need a delay between the SET ADDRESS request until the new address
|
||||||
|
becomes active. This delay was handled in usbPoll() until now. Since the
|
||||||
|
spec says that the delay must not exceed 2ms, previous versions required
|
||||||
|
aggressive polling during the enumeration phase. We have now moved the
|
||||||
|
handling of the delay into the interrupt routine.
|
||||||
|
- We must not reply with NAK to a SETUP transaction. We can only achieve this
|
||||||
|
by making sure that the rx buffer is empty when SETUP tokens are expected.
|
||||||
|
We therefore don't pass zero sized data packets from the status phase of
|
||||||
|
a transfer to usbPoll(). This change MAY cause troubles if you rely on
|
||||||
|
receiving a less than 8 bytes long packet in usbFunctionWrite() to
|
||||||
|
identify the end of a transfer. usbFunctionWrite() will NEVER be called
|
||||||
|
with a zero length.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Release 2006-03-14
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Improved IAR C support: tiny memory model, more devices
|
||||||
|
- Added template usbconfig.h file under the name usbconfig-prototype.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Release 2006-03-26
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Added provision for one more interrupt-in endpoint (endpoint 3).
|
||||||
|
- Added provision for one interrupt-out endpoint (endpoint 1).
|
||||||
|
- Added flowcontrol macros for USB.
|
||||||
|
- Added provision for custom configuration descriptor.
|
||||||
|
- Allow ANY two port bits for D+ and D-.
|
||||||
|
- Merged (optional) receive endpoint number into global usbRxToken variable.
|
||||||
|
- Use USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME instead of USB_CFG_IOPORT. We now construct the
|
||||||
|
variable name from the single port letter instead of computing the address
|
||||||
|
of related ports from the output-port address.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Release 2006-06-26
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Updated documentation in usbdrv.h and usbconfig-prototype.h to reflect the
|
||||||
|
new features.
|
||||||
|
- Removed "#warning" directives because IAR does not understand them. Use
|
||||||
|
unused static variables instead to generate a warning.
|
||||||
|
- Do not include <avr/io.h> when compiling with IAR.
|
||||||
|
- Introduced USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_* in usbconfig.h to configure how each
|
||||||
|
USB descriptor should be handled. It is now possible to provide descriptor
|
||||||
|
data in Flash, RAM or dynamically at runtime.
|
||||||
|
- STALL is now a status in usbTxLen* instead of a message. We can now conform
|
||||||
|
to the spec and leave the stall status pending until it is cleared.
|
||||||
|
- Made usbTxPacketCnt1 and usbTxPacketCnt3 public. This allows the
|
||||||
|
application code to reset data toggling on interrupt pipes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Release 2006-07-18
|
458
firmware/usbdrv/License.txt
Normal file
458
firmware/usbdrv/License.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
|
|||||||
|
PREFACE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Conceiving and understanding a new license is not an easy task. To make things
|
||||||
|
easier for both, the author and the licensee, we have decided to base our
|
||||||
|
license for the USB driver on an existing license with well-understood
|
||||||
|
properties.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Our favorite choice for the base license was the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
(GPL). However, we cannot use the GNU GPL directly for the following reasons:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(1) It was not intended for projects involving hardware -- we must extend the
|
||||||
|
term "source code" to at least the circuit diagram.
|
||||||
|
(2) The GNU GPL does not require publication. Only if a binary is published,
|
||||||
|
it requires that the source is published as well. This is reasonable for
|
||||||
|
software because unpublished software is of little relevance. For projects
|
||||||
|
involving hardware, we want to REQUIRE publication. More than that, we
|
||||||
|
even want to define HOW the publication must be done (files contained,
|
||||||
|
file formats etc).
|
||||||
|
(3) As the author of the software, we can distribute it under more than one
|
||||||
|
license. For people who don't want to meet the obligations of the GNU GPL,
|
||||||
|
we want to offer commercial licenses. To avoid a split in revisions of
|
||||||
|
the driver, we need special privileges to distribute contributed
|
||||||
|
modifications under proprietary licenses.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We can not simply modify the GNU GPL and incorporate our changes because the
|
||||||
|
Free Software Foundation (FSF) who holds the copyright for the text of the
|
||||||
|
GNU GPL does not allow modifications. We therefore set up our own small
|
||||||
|
license which incorporates the GNU GPL by reference:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
LICENSE FOR PROJECTS BUILT WITH "OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT'S
|
||||||
|
FIRMWARE-ONLY USB-DRIVER FOR ATMEL'S AVR MICROCONTROLLERS"
|
||||||
|
Version 2006-01
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
I. Definitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"OBDEV" shall mean OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH or any legal successor
|
||||||
|
thereof.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"Software Source Code" shall mean the preferred form of the software for
|
||||||
|
making modifications to it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"USB Driver" shall mean the Software Source Code for OBDEV's firmware-only
|
||||||
|
USB-driver for Atmel's AVR microcontrollers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"Function" shall mean the Software Source Code for all software executed on
|
||||||
|
the microcontroller except the USB Driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"Host Software" shall mean the Software Source Code for all software required
|
||||||
|
to control the USB device from the USB host running any operating system.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"Project" shall mean the USB Driver, the Function, the Host Software, circuit
|
||||||
|
diagrams of the controller based hardware and accompanying documentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"source code" shall have the same meaning as the term "Project" above.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
"Web Site" shall mean a collection of text and multimedia documents accessible
|
||||||
|
worldwide over internet through the HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP) on
|
||||||
|
TCP port 80 (standard HTTP port).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
II. General License Terms
|
||||||
|
The general terms of this license consist of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
Version 2 (GNU GPL2) which is hereby incorporated into this section as though
|
||||||
|
it were fully set forth here. A copy of the GNU GPL2 is included for your
|
||||||
|
convenience in appendix A of this license.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The term "source code" in the GNU GPL2 is to be understood as defined in
|
||||||
|
section I above. If any term or definition in section I, III, IV or V
|
||||||
|
conflicts with the GNU GPL2, the term or definition in section I, III, IV or
|
||||||
|
V has precedence of the GNU GPL2.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
III. Distribution of the Project
|
||||||
|
The distributed form of a Project must contain at least the following files:
|
||||||
|
(a) Software Source Code files for the USB Driver, the Function and the Host
|
||||||
|
Software.
|
||||||
|
(b) Circuit diagrams for the hardware in PDF, PNG or GIF image file format.
|
||||||
|
(c) A file with name "Readme.txt" in ASCII format with at least the following
|
||||||
|
content (in English language):
|
||||||
|
- An explanation what the Project does.
|
||||||
|
- What to do with the distributed files (installation procedure etc.).
|
||||||
|
- A reference to Objective Development's USB driver.
|
||||||
|
- Your (author's) name and contact information. E-mail and/or URL is
|
||||||
|
sufficient.
|
||||||
|
(d) Optionally a text file with a description of the circuit diagram, an
|
||||||
|
explanation of special (software) techniques used etc.
|
||||||
|
(e) A copy of this license in a file with the name "License.txt". This copy
|
||||||
|
can be in the "usbdrv" subdirectory which contains the driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
IV. Requirement for Publication
|
||||||
|
All modifications and derived work (Projects using the USB Driver) MUST be
|
||||||
|
distributed (published) as described in section III above on a Web Site. The
|
||||||
|
main page must reproduce at least a description of the Project (e.g. as
|
||||||
|
contained in the "Readme.txt" file distributed) and a download link for the
|
||||||
|
entire Project. The URL of the main page must be submitted to OBDEV. OBDEV
|
||||||
|
will provide a mechanism for submitting Project URLs and for publishing
|
||||||
|
Projects on their Web Site. The Project must remain available for at least
|
||||||
|
twelve (12) months after the initial publication or at least six (6) months
|
||||||
|
after a subsequent version of that particular Project has been published.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
V. Author Privileges
|
||||||
|
OBDEV reserves the right to distribute the USB Driver and all modified
|
||||||
|
versions under other (proprietary) licenses. If you modify the USB Driver
|
||||||
|
under the grants of this license, you therefore grant OBDEV (in addition to
|
||||||
|
the grants of the GNU GPL2) a worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable royalty free
|
||||||
|
license for your modifications. OBDEV shall not automatically gain rights
|
||||||
|
other than those of the GNU GPL2 in the other parts of the Project. This
|
||||||
|
section V overrides possibly contradicting terms in the GNU GPL2 referenced
|
||||||
|
in section II.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
APPENDIX A
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||||
|
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Preamble
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||||
|
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||||
|
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||||
|
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||||
|
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||||
|
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||||
|
your programs, too.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||||
|
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||||
|
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||||
|
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||||
|
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||||
|
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||||
|
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||||
|
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||||
|
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||||
|
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||||
|
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||||
|
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||||
|
rights.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||||
|
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||||
|
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||||
|
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||||
|
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||||
|
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||||
|
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||||
|
authors' reputations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||||
|
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||||
|
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||||
|
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||||
|
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||||
|
modification follow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||||
|
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||||
|
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||||
|
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||||
|
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||||
|
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||||
|
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||||
|
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||||
|
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||||
|
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||||
|
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||||
|
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||||
|
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||||
|
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||||
|
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||||
|
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||||
|
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||||
|
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||||
|
along with the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||||
|
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||||
|
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||||
|
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||||
|
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||||
|
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||||
|
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||||
|
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||||
|
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||||
|
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||||
|
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||||
|
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||||
|
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||||
|
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||||
|
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||||
|
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||||
|
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||||
|
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||||
|
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||||
|
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||||
|
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||||
|
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||||
|
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||||
|
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||||
|
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||||
|
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||||
|
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||||
|
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||||
|
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||||
|
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||||
|
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||||
|
the scope of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||||
|
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||||
|
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||||
|
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||||
|
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||||
|
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||||
|
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||||
|
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||||
|
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||||
|
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||||
|
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||||
|
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||||
|
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||||
|
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||||
|
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||||
|
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||||
|
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||||
|
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||||
|
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||||
|
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||||
|
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||||
|
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||||
|
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||||
|
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||||
|
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||||
|
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||||
|
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||||
|
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||||
|
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||||
|
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||||
|
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||||
|
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||||
|
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||||
|
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||||
|
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||||
|
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||||
|
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||||
|
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||||
|
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||||
|
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||||
|
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||||
|
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||||
|
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||||
|
this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||||
|
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||||
|
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||||
|
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||||
|
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||||
|
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||||
|
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||||
|
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||||
|
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||||
|
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||||
|
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||||
|
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||||
|
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||||
|
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||||
|
circumstances.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||||
|
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||||
|
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||||
|
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||||
|
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||||
|
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||||
|
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||||
|
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||||
|
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||||
|
impose that choice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||||
|
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||||
|
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||||
|
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||||
|
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||||
|
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||||
|
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||||
|
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||||
|
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||||
|
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||||
|
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||||
|
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||||
|
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||||
|
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||||
|
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||||
|
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||||
|
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||||
|
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||||
|
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||||
|
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||||
|
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||||
|
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||||
|
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||||
|
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||||
|
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||||
|
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||||
|
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||||
|
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||||
|
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||||
|
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||||
|
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||||
|
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||||
|
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||||
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||||
|
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||||
|
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||||
|
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||||
|
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||||
|
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||||
|
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||||
|
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||||
|
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||||
|
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||||
|
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||||
|
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||||
|
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||||
|
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||||
|
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||||
|
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||||
|
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||||
|
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||||
|
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||||
|
Public License instead of this License.
|
88
firmware/usbdrv/Readme.txt
Normal file
88
firmware/usbdrv/Readme.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
|||||||
|
This is the Readme file to Objective Development's firmware-only USB driver
|
||||||
|
for Atmel AVR microcontrollers. For more information please visit
|
||||||
|
http://www.obdev.at/avrusb/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This directory contains the USB firmware only. Copy it as-is to your own
|
||||||
|
project and add your own version of "usbconfig.h". A template for your own
|
||||||
|
"usbconfig.h" can be found in "usbconfig-prototype.h" in this directory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
|
||||||
|
=======================
|
||||||
|
The technical documentation for the firmware driver is contained in the file
|
||||||
|
"usbdrv.h". Please read all of it carefully!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
USB IDENTIFIERS
|
||||||
|
===============
|
||||||
|
Every USB device needs a vendor- and a product-identifier (VID and PID). VIDs
|
||||||
|
are obtained from usb.org for a price of 1,500 USD. Once you have a VID, you
|
||||||
|
can assign PIDs at will.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Since an entry level cost of 1,500 USD is too high for most small companies
|
||||||
|
and hobbyists, we provide a single VID/PID pair for free. If you want to use
|
||||||
|
your own VID and PID instead of our's, define the macros "USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID"
|
||||||
|
and "USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID" accordingly in "usbconfig.h".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To use our predefined VID/PID pair, you MUST conform to a couple of
|
||||||
|
requirements. See the file "USBID-License.txt" for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
HOST DRIVER
|
||||||
|
===========
|
||||||
|
You have received this driver together with an example device implementation
|
||||||
|
and an example host driver. The host driver is based on libusb and compiles
|
||||||
|
on various Unix flavors (Linux, BSD, Mac OS X). It also compiles natively on
|
||||||
|
Windows using MinGW (see www.mingw.org) and libusb-win32 (see
|
||||||
|
libusb-win32.sourceforge.net). The "Automator" project contains a native
|
||||||
|
Windows host driver (not based on libusb) for Human Interface Devices.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
This driver has been developed and optimized for the GNU compiler version 3
|
||||||
|
(gcc 3). It does work well with gcc 4 and future versions will probably be
|
||||||
|
optimized for gcc 4. We recommend that you use the GNU compiler suite because
|
||||||
|
it is freely available. AVR-USB has also been ported to the IAR compiler and
|
||||||
|
assembler. It has been tested with IAR 4.10B/W32 and 4.12A/W32 on an ATmega8
|
||||||
|
with the "small" and "tiny" memory model. Please note that gcc is more
|
||||||
|
efficient for usbdrv.c because this module has been deliberately optimized
|
||||||
|
for gcc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
USING AVR-USB FOR FREE
|
||||||
|
======================
|
||||||
|
The AVR firmware driver is published under an Open Source compliant license.
|
||||||
|
See the file "License.txt" for details. Since it is not obvious for many
|
||||||
|
people how this license applies to their own projects, here's a short guide:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(1) The USB driver and all your modifications to the driver itself are owned
|
||||||
|
by Objective Development. You must give us a worldwide, perpetual,
|
||||||
|
irrevocable royalty free license for your modifications.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(2) Since you own the code you have written (except where you modify our
|
||||||
|
driver), you can (at least in principle) determine the license for it freely.
|
||||||
|
However, to "pay" for the USB driver code you link against, we demand that
|
||||||
|
you choose an Open Source compliant license (compatible with our license) for
|
||||||
|
your source code and the hardware circuit diagrams. Simply attach your
|
||||||
|
license of choice to your parts of the project and leave our "License.txt" in
|
||||||
|
the "usbdrv" subdirectory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(3) We also demand that you publish your work on the Internet and drop us a
|
||||||
|
note with the URL. The publication must meet certain formal criteria (files
|
||||||
|
distributed, file formats etc.). See the file "License.txt" for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Other than that, you are allowed to manufacture any number of units and sell
|
||||||
|
them for any price. If you like our driver, we also encourage you to make a
|
||||||
|
donation on our web site.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COMMERCIAL LICENSES FOR AVR-USB
|
||||||
|
===============================
|
||||||
|
If you don't want to publish your source code and the circuit diagrams under
|
||||||
|
an Open Source license, you can simply pay money for AVR-USB. As an
|
||||||
|
additional benefit you get USB PIDs for free, licensed exclusively to you.
|
||||||
|
See http://www.obdev.at/products/avrusb/license.html for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
143
firmware/usbdrv/USBID-License.txt
Normal file
143
firmware/usbdrv/USBID-License.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
|||||||
|
Royalty-Free Non-Exclusive License USB Product-ID
|
||||||
|
=================================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Version 2006-06-19
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH hereby grants you the non-exclusive
|
||||||
|
right to use three USB.org vendor-ID (VID) / product-ID (PID) pairs with
|
||||||
|
products based on Objective Development's firmware-only USB driver for
|
||||||
|
Atmel AVR microcontrollers:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* VID = 5824 (=0x16c0) / PID = 1500 (=0x5dc) for devices implementing no
|
||||||
|
USB device class (vendor-class devices with USB class = 0xff). Devices
|
||||||
|
using this pair will be referred to as "VENDOR CLASS" devices.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* VID = 5824 (=0x16c0) / PID = 1503 (=0x5df) for HID class devices
|
||||||
|
(excluding mice and keyboards). Devices using this pair will be referred
|
||||||
|
to as "HID CLASS" devices.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* VID = 5824 (=0x16c0) / PID = 1505 (=0x5e1) for CDC class modem devices
|
||||||
|
Devices using this pair will be referred to as "CDC-ACM CLASS" devices.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Since the granted right is non-exclusive, the same VID/PID pairs may be
|
||||||
|
used by many companies and individuals for different products. To avoid
|
||||||
|
conflicts, your device and host driver software MUST adhere to the rules
|
||||||
|
outlined below.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH has licensed these VID/PID pairs from
|
||||||
|
Wouter van Ooijen (see www.voti.nl), who has licensed the VID from the USB
|
||||||
|
Implementers Forum, Inc. (see www.usb.org). The VID is registered for the
|
||||||
|
company name "Van Ooijen Technische Informatica".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
RULES AND RESTRICTIONS
|
||||||
|
======================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(1) The USB device MUST provide a textual representation of the
|
||||||
|
manufacturer and product identification. The manufacturer identification
|
||||||
|
MUST be available at least in USB language 0x0409 (English/US).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(2) The textual manufacturer identification MUST contain either an Internet
|
||||||
|
domain name (e.g. "mycompany.com") registered and owned by you, or an
|
||||||
|
e-mail address under your control (e.g. "myname@gmx.net"). You can embed
|
||||||
|
the domain name or e-mail address in any string you like, e.g. "Objective
|
||||||
|
Development http://www.obdev.at/avrusb/".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(3) You are responsible for retaining ownership of the domain or e-mail
|
||||||
|
address for as long as any of your products are in use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(4) You may choose any string for the textual product identification, as
|
||||||
|
long as this string is unique within the scope of your textual manufacturer
|
||||||
|
identification.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(5) Matching of device-specific drivers MUST be based on the textual
|
||||||
|
manufacturer and product identification in addition to the usual VID/PID
|
||||||
|
matching. This means that operating system features which are based on
|
||||||
|
VID/PID matching only (e.g. Windows kernel level drivers, automatic actions
|
||||||
|
when the device is plugged in etc) MUST NOT be used. The driver matching
|
||||||
|
MUST be a comparison of the entire strings, NOT a sub-string match. For
|
||||||
|
CDC-ACM CLASS devices, a generic class driver should be used and the
|
||||||
|
matching is based on the USB device class.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(6) The extent to which VID/PID matching is allowed for non device-specific
|
||||||
|
drivers or features depends on the operating system and particular VID/PID
|
||||||
|
pair used:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Mac OS X, Linux, FreeBSD and other Unixes: No VID/PID matching is
|
||||||
|
required and hence no VID/PID-only matching is allowed at all.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Windows: The operating system performs VID/PID matching for the kernel
|
||||||
|
level driver. You are REQUIRED to use libusb-win32 (see
|
||||||
|
http://libusb-win32.sourceforge.net/) as the kernel level driver for
|
||||||
|
VENDOR CLASS devices. HID CLASS devices all use the generic HID class
|
||||||
|
driver shipped with Windows, except mice and keyboards. You therefore
|
||||||
|
MUST NOT use any of the shared VID/PID pairs for mice or keyboards.
|
||||||
|
CDC-ACM CLASS devices require a ".inf" file which matches on the VID/PID
|
||||||
|
pair. This ".inf" file MUST load the "usbser" driver to configure the
|
||||||
|
device as modem (COM-port).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(7) OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH disclaims all liability for any
|
||||||
|
problems which are caused by the shared use of these VID/PID pairs. You
|
||||||
|
have been warned that the sharing of VID/PID pairs may cause problems. If
|
||||||
|
you want to avoid them, get your own VID/PID pair for exclusive use.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
HOW TO IMPLEMENT THESE RULES
|
||||||
|
============================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The following rules are for VENDOR CLASS and HID CLASS devices. CDC-ACM
|
||||||
|
CLASS devices use the operating system's class driver and don't need a
|
||||||
|
custom driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The host driver MUST iterate over all devices with the given VID/PID
|
||||||
|
numbers in their device descriptors and query the string representation for
|
||||||
|
the manufacturer name in USB language 0x0409 (English/US). It MUST compare
|
||||||
|
the ENTIRE string with your textual manufacturer identification chosen in
|
||||||
|
(2) above. A substring search for your domain or e-mail address is NOT
|
||||||
|
acceptable. The driver MUST NOT touch the device (other than querying the
|
||||||
|
descriptors) unless the strings match.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For all USB devices with matching VID/PID and textual manufacturer
|
||||||
|
identification, the host driver must query the textual product
|
||||||
|
identification and string-compare it with the name of the product it can
|
||||||
|
control. It may only initialize the device if the product matches exactly.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Objective Development provides examples for these matching rules with the
|
||||||
|
"PowerSwitch" project (using libusb) and with the "Automator" project
|
||||||
|
(using Windows calls on Windows and libusb on Unix).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Technical Notes:
|
||||||
|
================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sharing the same VID/PID pair among devices is possible as long as ALL
|
||||||
|
drivers which match the VID/PID also perform matching on the textual
|
||||||
|
identification strings. This is easy on all operating systems except
|
||||||
|
Windows, since Windows establishes a static connection between the VID/PID
|
||||||
|
pair and a kernel level driver. All devices with the same VID/PID pair must
|
||||||
|
therefore use THE SAME kernel level driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We therefore demand that you use libusb-win32 for VENDOR CLASS devices.
|
||||||
|
This is a generic kernel level driver which allows all types of USB access
|
||||||
|
for user space applications. This is only a partial solution of the
|
||||||
|
problem, though, because different device drivers may come with different
|
||||||
|
versions of libusb-win32 and they may not work with the libusb version of
|
||||||
|
the respective other driver. You are therefore encouraged to test your
|
||||||
|
driver against a broad range of libusb-win32 versions. Do not use new
|
||||||
|
features in new versions, or check for their existence before you use them.
|
||||||
|
When a new libusb-win32 becomes available, make sure that your driver is
|
||||||
|
compatible with it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For HID CLASS devices it is necessary that all those devices bind to the
|
||||||
|
same kernel driver: Microsoft's generic USB HID driver. This is true for
|
||||||
|
all HID devices except those with a specialized driver. Currently, the only
|
||||||
|
HIDs with specialized drivers are mice and keyboards. You therefore MUST
|
||||||
|
NOT use a shared VID/PID with mouse and keyboard devices.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sharing the same VID/PID among different products is unusual and probably
|
||||||
|
violates the USB specification. If you do it, you do it at your own risk.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To avoid possible incompatibilities, we highly recommend that you get your
|
||||||
|
own VID/PID pair if you intend to sell your product. Objective
|
||||||
|
Development's commercial licenses for AVR-USB include a PID for
|
||||||
|
unrestricted exclusive use.
|
70
firmware/usbdrv/iarcompat.h
Normal file
70
firmware/usbdrv/iarcompat.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: iarcompat.h
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR USB driver
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2006-03-01
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2006 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: iarcompat.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
General Description:
|
||||||
|
This header is included when we compile with the IAR C-compiler and assembler.
|
||||||
|
It defines macros for cross compatibility between gcc and IAR-cc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thanks to Oleg Semyonov for his help with the IAR tools port!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __iarcompat_h_INCLUDED__
|
||||||
|
#define __iarcompat_h_INCLUDED__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__ || defined __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Enable bit definitions */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef ENABLE_BIT_DEFINITIONS
|
||||||
|
# define ENABLE_BIT_DEFINITIONS 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Include IAR headers */
|
||||||
|
#include <ioavr.h>
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__
|
||||||
|
# include <inavr.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define __attribute__(arg)
|
||||||
|
#define IAR_SECTION(section) @ section
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_BUFFER_SECTION
|
||||||
|
# define USB_BUFFER_SECTION "TINY_Z" /* if user has not selected a named section */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__
|
||||||
|
# define __ASSEMBLER__
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __HAS_ELPM__
|
||||||
|
# define PROGMEM __farflash
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define PROGMEM __flash
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define PRG_RDB(addr) (*(PROGMEM char *)(addr))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The following definitions are not needed by the driver, but may be of some
|
||||||
|
* help if you port a gcc based project to IAR.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define cli() __disable_interrupt()
|
||||||
|
#define sei() __enable_interrupt()
|
||||||
|
#define wdt_reset() __watchdog_reset()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Depending on the device you use, you may get problems with the way usbdrv.h
|
||||||
|
* handles the differences between devices. Since IAR does not use #defines
|
||||||
|
* for MCU registers, we can't check for the existence of a particular
|
||||||
|
* register with an #ifdef. If the autodetection mechanism fails, include
|
||||||
|
* definitions for the required USB_INTR_* macros in your usbconfig.h. See
|
||||||
|
* usbconfig-prototype.h and usbdrv.h for details.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* defined __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__ || defined __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__ */
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __iarcompat_h_INCLUDED__ */
|
53
firmware/usbdrv/oddebug.c
Normal file
53
firmware/usbdrv/oddebug.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: oddebug.c
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR library
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2005-01-16
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: oddebug.c,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "oddebug.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static uchar Warning__Never_compile_production_devices_with_debugging;
|
||||||
|
/* The "#warning" preprocessor directive is non-standard. The unused static
|
||||||
|
* variable above should give a compiler warning on all compilers.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void uartPutc(char c)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
while(!(ODDBG_USR & (1 << ODDBG_UDRE))); /* wait for data register empty */
|
||||||
|
ODDBG_UDR = c;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static uchar hexAscii(uchar h)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
h &= 0xf;
|
||||||
|
if(h >= 10)
|
||||||
|
h += 'a' - (uchar)10 - '0';
|
||||||
|
h += '0';
|
||||||
|
return h;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void printHex(uchar c)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uartPutc(hexAscii(c >> 4));
|
||||||
|
uartPutc(hexAscii(c));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void odDebug(uchar prefix, uchar *data, uchar len)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
printHex(prefix);
|
||||||
|
uartPutc(':');
|
||||||
|
while(len--){
|
||||||
|
uartPutc(' ');
|
||||||
|
printHex(*data++);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
uartPutc('\r');
|
||||||
|
uartPutc('\n');
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
126
firmware/usbdrv/oddebug.h
Normal file
126
firmware/usbdrv/oddebug.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: oddebug.h
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR library
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2005-01-16
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: oddebug.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __oddebug_h_included__
|
||||||
|
#define __oddebug_h_included__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
General Description:
|
||||||
|
This module implements a function for debug logs on the serial line of the
|
||||||
|
AVR microcontroller. Debugging can be configured with the define
|
||||||
|
'DEBUG_LEVEL'. If this macro is not defined or defined to 0, all debugging
|
||||||
|
calls are no-ops. If it is 1, DBG1 logs will appear, but not DBG2. If it is
|
||||||
|
2, DBG1 and DBG2 logs will be printed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A debug log consists of a label ('prefix') to indicate which debug log created
|
||||||
|
the output and a memory block to dump in hex ('data' and 'len').
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef F_CPU
|
||||||
|
# define F_CPU 12000000 /* 12 MHz */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* make sure we have the UART defines: */
|
||||||
|
#include "iarcompat.h"
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__
|
||||||
|
# include <avr/io.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef uchar
|
||||||
|
# define uchar unsigned char
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if DEBUG_LEVEL > 0 && !(defined TXEN || defined TXEN0) /* no UART in device */
|
||||||
|
# warning "Debugging disabled because device has no UART"
|
||||||
|
# undef DEBUG_LEVEL
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DEBUG_LEVEL
|
||||||
|
# define DEBUG_LEVEL 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
|
||||||
|
# define DBG1(prefix, data, len) odDebug(prefix, data, len)
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define DBG1(prefix, data, len)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
|
||||||
|
# define DBG2(prefix, data, len) odDebug(prefix, data, len)
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define DBG2(prefix, data, len)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
|
||||||
|
extern void odDebug(uchar prefix, uchar *data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Try to find our control registers; ATMEL likes to rename these */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined UBRR
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UBRR UBRR
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UBRRL
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UBRR UBRRL
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UBRR0
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UBRR UBRR0
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UBRR0L
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UBRR UBRR0L
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined UCR
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UCR UCR
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UCSRB
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UCR UCSRB
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UCSR0B
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UCR UCSR0B
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined TXEN
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_TXEN TXEN
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_TXEN TXEN0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined USR
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_USR USR
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UCSRA
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_USR UCSRA
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UCSR0A
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_USR UCSR0A
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined UDRE
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UDRE UDRE
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UDRE UDRE0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined UDR
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UDR UDR
|
||||||
|
#elif defined UDR0
|
||||||
|
# define ODDBG_UDR UDR0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static inline void odDebugInit(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ODDBG_UCR |= (1<<ODDBG_TXEN);
|
||||||
|
ODDBG_UBRR = F_CPU / (19200 * 16L) - 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
# define odDebugInit()
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __oddebug_h_included__ */
|
265
firmware/usbdrv/usbconfig-prototype.h
Normal file
265
firmware/usbdrv/usbconfig-prototype.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: usbconfig.h
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR USB driver
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2005-04-01
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: usbconfig-prototype.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __usbconfig_h_included__
|
||||||
|
#define __usbconfig_h_included__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
General Description:
|
||||||
|
This file is an example configuration (with inline documentation) for the USB
|
||||||
|
driver. It configures AVR-USB for an ATMega8 with USB D+ connected to Port D
|
||||||
|
bit 2 (which is also hardware interrupt 0) and USB D- to Port D bit 0. You may
|
||||||
|
wire the lines to any other port, as long as D- is on bit 0 and D+ is also
|
||||||
|
wired to INT0.
|
||||||
|
To create your own usbconfig.h file, copy this file to the directory
|
||||||
|
containing "usbdrv" (that is your project firmware source directory) and
|
||||||
|
rename it to "usbconfig.h". Then edit it accordingly.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ---------------------------- Hardware Config ---------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME D
|
||||||
|
/* This is the port where the USB bus is connected. When you configure it to
|
||||||
|
* "B", the registers PORTB, PINB and DDRB will be used.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DMINUS_BIT 0
|
||||||
|
/* This is the bit number in USB_CFG_IOPORT where the USB D- line is connected.
|
||||||
|
* This may be any bit in the port.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DPLUS_BIT 2
|
||||||
|
/* This is the bit number in USB_CFG_IOPORT where the USB D+ line is connected.
|
||||||
|
* This may be any bit in the port. Please note that D+ must also be connected
|
||||||
|
* to interrupt pin INT0!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ----------------------- Optional Hardware Config ------------------------ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME D */
|
||||||
|
/* If you connect the 1.5k pullup resistor from D- to a port pin instead of
|
||||||
|
* V+, you can connect and disconnect the device from firmware by calling
|
||||||
|
* the macros usbDeviceConnect() and usbDeviceDisconnect() (see usbdrv.h).
|
||||||
|
* This constant defines the port on which the pullup resistor is connected.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT 4 */
|
||||||
|
/* This constant defines the bit number in USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORT (defined
|
||||||
|
* above) where the 1.5k pullup resistor is connected. See description
|
||||||
|
* above for details.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_BUFFER_SECTION ".bss" */
|
||||||
|
/* The USB receive buffer (variable "usbRxBuf") with a length of 22 bytes
|
||||||
|
* MUST NOT cross a 256 byte boundary. We have introduced this configuration
|
||||||
|
* option to allow you to change the data segment where this buffer is
|
||||||
|
* allocated. If you have problems with the default segment (start of .bss),
|
||||||
|
* you may change this setting. See the comment in usbdrv.h for details.
|
||||||
|
* On IAR C, the default is the TINY_Z segment (first 256 bytes). You must
|
||||||
|
* change this default for devices which don't have RAM below 0x100.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* --------------------------- Functional Range ---------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT 1
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if you want to compile a version with two endpoints: The
|
||||||
|
* default control endpoint 0 and an interrupt-in endpoint 1.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3 0
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if you want to compile a version with three endpoints: The
|
||||||
|
* default control endpoint 0, an interrupt-in endpoint 1 and an interrupt-in
|
||||||
|
* endpoint 3. You must also enable endpoint 1 above.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT 0
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if you also want to implement the ENDPOINT_HALT feature
|
||||||
|
* for endpoint 1 (interrupt endpoint). Although you may not need this feature,
|
||||||
|
* it is required by the standard. We have made it a config option because it
|
||||||
|
* bloats the code considerably.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTR_POLL_INTERVAL 20
|
||||||
|
/* If you compile a version with endpoint 1 (interrupt-in), this is the poll
|
||||||
|
* interval. The value is in milliseconds and must not be less than 10 ms for
|
||||||
|
* low speed devices.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IS_SELF_POWERED 0
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if the device has its own power supply. Set it to 0 if the
|
||||||
|
* device is powered from the USB bus.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_MAX_BUS_POWER 100
|
||||||
|
/* Set this variable to the maximum USB bus power consumption of your device.
|
||||||
|
* The value is in milliamperes. [It will be divided by two since USB
|
||||||
|
* communicates power requirements in units of 2 mA.]
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_SAMPLE_EXACT 1
|
||||||
|
/* This variable affects Sampling Jitter for USB receiving. When it is 0, the
|
||||||
|
* driver guarantees a sampling window of 1/2 bit. The USB spec requires
|
||||||
|
* that the receiver has at most 1/4 bit sampling window. The 1/2 bit window
|
||||||
|
* should still work reliably enough because we work at low speed. If you want
|
||||||
|
* to meet the spec, set this value to 1. This will unroll a loop which
|
||||||
|
* results in bigger code size.
|
||||||
|
* If you have problems with long cables, try setting this value to 1.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE 0
|
||||||
|
/* Set this to 1 if you want usbFunctionWrite() to be called for control-out
|
||||||
|
* transfers. Set it to 0 if you don't need it and want to save a couple of
|
||||||
|
* bytes.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ 0
|
||||||
|
/* Set this to 1 if you need to send control replies which are generated
|
||||||
|
* "on the fly" when usbFunctionRead() is called. If you only want to send
|
||||||
|
* data from a static buffer, set it to 0 and return the data from
|
||||||
|
* usbFunctionSetup(). This saves a couple of bytes.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT 0
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if you want to use interrupt-out (or bulk out) endpoint 1.
|
||||||
|
* You must implement the function usbFunctionWriteOut() which receives all
|
||||||
|
* interrupt/bulk data sent to endpoint 1.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_HAVE_FLOWCONTROL 0
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to 1 if you want flowcontrol over USB data. See the definition
|
||||||
|
* of the macros usbDisableAllRequests() and usbEnableAllRequests() in
|
||||||
|
* usbdrv.h.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* -------------------------- Device Description --------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID 0xc0, 0x16
|
||||||
|
/* USB vendor ID for the device, low byte first. If you have registered your
|
||||||
|
* own Vendor ID, define it here. Otherwise you use obdev's free shared
|
||||||
|
* VID/PID pair. Be sure to read USBID-License.txt for rules!
|
||||||
|
* This template uses obdev's shared VID/PID pair for HIDs: 0x16c0/0x5df.
|
||||||
|
* Use this VID/PID pair ONLY if you understand the implications!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID 0xdf, 0x05
|
||||||
|
/* This is the ID of the product, low byte first. It is interpreted in the
|
||||||
|
* scope of the vendor ID. If you have registered your own VID with usb.org
|
||||||
|
* or if you have licensed a PID from somebody else, define it here. Otherwise
|
||||||
|
* you use obdev's free shared VID/PID pair. Be sure to read the rules in
|
||||||
|
* USBID-License.txt!
|
||||||
|
* This template uses obdev's shared VID/PID pair for HIDs: 0x16c0/0x5df.
|
||||||
|
* Use this VID/PID pair ONLY if you understand the implications!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_VERSION 0x00, 0x01
|
||||||
|
/* Version number of the device: Minor number first, then major number.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME 'w', 'w', 'w', '.', 'o', 'b', 'd', 'e', 'v', '.', 'a', 't'
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME_LEN 12
|
||||||
|
/* These two values define the vendor name returned by the USB device. The name
|
||||||
|
* must be given as a list of characters under single quotes. The characters
|
||||||
|
* are interpreted as Unicode (UTF-16) entities.
|
||||||
|
* If you don't want a vendor name string, undefine these macros.
|
||||||
|
* ALWAYS define a vendor name containing your Internet domain name if you use
|
||||||
|
* obdev's free shared VID/PID pair. See the file USBID-License.txt for
|
||||||
|
* details.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME 'T', 'e', 'm', 'p', 'l', 'a', 't', 'e'
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME_LEN 8
|
||||||
|
/* Same as above for the device name. If you don't want a device name, undefine
|
||||||
|
* the macros. See the file USBID-License.txt before you assign a name if you
|
||||||
|
* use a shared VID/PID.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*#define USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER 'N', 'o', 'n', 'e' */
|
||||||
|
/*#define USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER_LEN 0 */
|
||||||
|
/* Same as above for the serial number. If you don't want a serial number,
|
||||||
|
* undefine the macros.
|
||||||
|
* It may be useful to provide the serial number through other means than at
|
||||||
|
* compile time. See the section about descriptor properties below for how
|
||||||
|
* to fine tune control over USB descriptors such as the string descriptor
|
||||||
|
* for the serial number.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_CLASS 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_SUBCLASS 0
|
||||||
|
/* See USB specification if you want to conform to an existing device class.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_CLASS 3 /* HID */
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_SUBCLASS 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_PROTOCOL 0
|
||||||
|
/* See USB specification if you want to conform to an existing device class or
|
||||||
|
* protocol.
|
||||||
|
* This template defines a HID class device. If you implement a vendor class
|
||||||
|
* device, set USB_CFG_INTERFACE_CLASS to 0 and USB_CFG_DEVICE_CLASS to 0xff.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 42 /* total length of report descriptor */
|
||||||
|
/* Define this to the length of the HID report descriptor, if you implement
|
||||||
|
* an HID device. Otherwise don't define it or define it to 0.
|
||||||
|
* Since this template defines a HID device, it must also specify a HID
|
||||||
|
* report descriptor length. You must add a PROGMEM character array named
|
||||||
|
* "usbHidReportDescriptor" to your code which contains the report descriptor.
|
||||||
|
* Don't forget to keep the array and this define in sync!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------- Fine Control over USB Descriptors ------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* If you don't want to use the driver's default USB descriptors, you can
|
||||||
|
* provide our own. These can be provided as (1) fixed length static data in
|
||||||
|
* flash memory, (2) fixed length static data in RAM or (3) dynamically at
|
||||||
|
* runtime in the function usbFunctionDescriptor(). See usbdrv.h for more
|
||||||
|
* information about this function.
|
||||||
|
* Descriptor handling is configured through the descriptor's properties. If
|
||||||
|
* no properties are defined or if they are 0, the default descriptor is used.
|
||||||
|
* Possible properties are:
|
||||||
|
* + USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC: The data for the descriptor should be fetched
|
||||||
|
* at runtime via usbFunctionDescriptor().
|
||||||
|
* + USB_PROP_IS_RAM: The data returned by usbFunctionDescriptor() or found
|
||||||
|
* in static memory is in RAM, not in flash memory.
|
||||||
|
* + USB_PROP_LENGTH(len): If the data is in static memory (RAM or flash),
|
||||||
|
* the driver must know the descriptor's length. The descriptor itself is
|
||||||
|
* found at the address of a well known identifier (see below).
|
||||||
|
* List of static descriptor names (must be declared PROGMEM if in flash):
|
||||||
|
* char usbDescriptorDevice[];
|
||||||
|
* char usbDescriptorConfiguration[];
|
||||||
|
* char usbDescriptorHidReport[];
|
||||||
|
* char usbDescriptorString0[];
|
||||||
|
* int usbDescriptorStringVendor[];
|
||||||
|
* int usbDescriptorStringDevice[];
|
||||||
|
* int usbDescriptorStringSerialNumber[];
|
||||||
|
* Other descriptors can't be provided statically, they must be provided
|
||||||
|
* dynamically at runtime.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Descriptor properties are or-ed or added together, e.g.:
|
||||||
|
* #define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE (USB_PROP_IS_RAM | USB_PROP_LENGTH(18))
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The following descriptors are defined:
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_PRODUCT
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN (for all descriptors not handled by the driver)
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_PRODUCT 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT 0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ----------------------- Optional MCU Description ------------------------ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The following configurations have working defaults in usbdrv.h. You
|
||||||
|
* usually don't need to set them explicitly. Only if you want to run
|
||||||
|
* the driver on a device which is not yet supported or with a compiler
|
||||||
|
* which is not fully supported (such as IAR C) or if you use a differnt
|
||||||
|
* interrupt than INT0, you may have to define some of these.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_INTR_CFG MCUCR */
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_INTR_CFG_SET ((1 << ISC00) | (1 << ISC01)) */
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_INTR_CFG_CLR 0 */
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_INTR_ENABLE GIMSK */
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_INTR_ENABLE_BIT INT0 */
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_INTR_PENDING GIFR */
|
||||||
|
/* #define USB_INTR_PENDING_BIT INTF0 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __usbconfig_h_included__ */
|
572
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrv.c
Normal file
572
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrv.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: usbdrv.c
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR USB driver
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2004-12-29
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: usbdrv.c,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "iarcompat.h"
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__
|
||||||
|
# include <avr/io.h>
|
||||||
|
# include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#include "usbdrv.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "oddebug.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
General Description:
|
||||||
|
This module implements the C-part of the USB driver. See usbdrv.h for a
|
||||||
|
documentation of the entire driver.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef IAR_SECTION
|
||||||
|
#define IAR_SECTION(arg)
|
||||||
|
#define __no_init
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
/* The macro IAR_SECTION is a hack to allow IAR-cc compatibility. On gcc, it
|
||||||
|
* is defined to nothing. __no_init is required on IAR.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* raw USB registers / interface to assembler code: */
|
||||||
|
/* usbRxBuf MUST be in 1 byte addressable range (because usbInputBuf is only 1 byte) */
|
||||||
|
__no_init uchar usbRxBuf[2][USB_BUFSIZE] __attribute__ ((section (USB_BUFFER_SECTION))) IAR_SECTION(USB_BUFFER_SECTION);/* raw RX buffer: PID, 8 bytes data, 2 bytes CRC */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbDeviceAddr; /* assigned during enumeration, defaults to 0 */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbNewDeviceAddr; /* device ID which should be set after status phase */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbConfiguration; /* currently selected configuration. Administered by driver, but not used */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbInputBuf; /* ptr to raw buffer used for receiving */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbAppBuf; /* ptr to raw buffer passed to app for processing */
|
||||||
|
volatile schar usbRxLen; /* = 0; number of bytes in usbAppBuf; 0 means free */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbCurrentTok; /* last token received, if more than 1 rx endpoint: MSb=endpoint */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbRxToken; /* token for data we received; if more than 1 rx endpoint: MSb=endpoint */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbMsgLen = 0xff; /* remaining number of bytes, no msg to send if -1 (see usbMsgPtr) */
|
||||||
|
volatile uchar usbTxLen = USBPID_NAK; /* number of bytes to transmit with next IN token or handshake token */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbTxBuf[USB_BUFSIZE];/* data to transmit with next IN, free if usbTxLen contains handshake token */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT
|
||||||
|
volatile uchar usbTxLen1 = USBPID_NAK; /* TX count for endpoint 1 */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbTxBuf1[USB_BUFSIZE]; /* TX data for endpoint 1 */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
volatile uchar usbTxLen3 = USBPID_NAK; /* TX count for endpoint 1 */
|
||||||
|
uchar usbTxBuf3[USB_BUFSIZE]; /* TX data for endpoint 1 */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB status registers / not shared with asm code */
|
||||||
|
uchar *usbMsgPtr; /* data to transmit next -- ROM or RAM address */
|
||||||
|
static uchar usbMsgFlags; /* flag values see below */
|
||||||
|
static uchar usbIsReset; /* = 0; USB bus is in reset phase */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_FLG_TX_PACKET (1<<0)
|
||||||
|
/* Leave free 6 bits after TX_PACKET. This way we can increment usbMsgFlags to toggle TX_PACKET */
|
||||||
|
#define USB_FLG_MSGPTR_IS_ROM (1<<6)
|
||||||
|
#define USB_FLG_USE_DEFAULT_RW (1<<7)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
optimizing hints:
|
||||||
|
- do not post/pre inc/dec integer values in operations
|
||||||
|
- assign value of PRG_RDB() to register variables and don't use side effects in arg
|
||||||
|
- use narrow scope for variables which should be in X/Y/Z register
|
||||||
|
- assign char sized expressions to variables to force 8 bit arithmetics
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS == 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0 == 0
|
||||||
|
#undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0 sizeof(usbDescriptorString0)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM char usbDescriptorString0[] = { /* language descriptor */
|
||||||
|
4, /* sizeof(usbDescriptorString0): length of descriptor in bytes */
|
||||||
|
3, /* descriptor type */
|
||||||
|
0x09, 0x04, /* language index (0x0409 = US-English) */
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR == 0 && USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME_LEN
|
||||||
|
#undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR sizeof(usbDescriptorStringVendor)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM int usbDescriptorStringVendor[] = {
|
||||||
|
USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER(USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME_LEN),
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_DEVICE == 0 && USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME_LEN
|
||||||
|
#undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_DEVICE
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_DEVICE sizeof(usbDescriptorStringDevice)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM int usbDescriptorStringDevice[] = {
|
||||||
|
USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER(USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME_LEN),
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER == 0 && USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER_LEN
|
||||||
|
#undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER sizeof(usbDescriptorStringSerialNumber)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM int usbDescriptorStringSerialNumber[] = {
|
||||||
|
USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER(USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER_LEN),
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS == 0 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE == 0
|
||||||
|
#undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE sizeof(usbDescriptorDevice)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM char usbDescriptorDevice[] = { /* USB device descriptor */
|
||||||
|
18, /* sizeof(usbDescriptorDevice): length of descriptor in bytes */
|
||||||
|
USBDESCR_DEVICE, /* descriptor type */
|
||||||
|
0x01, 0x01, /* USB version supported */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DEVICE_CLASS,
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DEVICE_SUBCLASS,
|
||||||
|
0, /* protocol */
|
||||||
|
8, /* max packet size */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID, /* 2 bytes */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID, /* 2 bytes */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DEVICE_VERSION, /* 2 bytes */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR != 0 ? 1 : 0, /* manufacturer string index */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_DEVICE != 0 ? 2 : 0, /* product string index */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER != 0 ? 3 : 0, /* serial number string index */
|
||||||
|
1, /* number of configurations */
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT != 0 && USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID == 0
|
||||||
|
#undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID 9 /* length of HID descriptor in config descriptor below */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION == 0
|
||||||
|
#undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION sizeof(usbDescriptorConfiguration)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM char usbDescriptorConfiguration[] = { /* USB configuration descriptor */
|
||||||
|
9, /* sizeof(usbDescriptorConfiguration): length of descriptor in bytes */
|
||||||
|
USBDESCR_CONFIG, /* descriptor type */
|
||||||
|
18 + 7 * USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT + (USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID & 0xff), 0,
|
||||||
|
/* total length of data returned (including inlined descriptors) */
|
||||||
|
1, /* number of interfaces in this configuration */
|
||||||
|
1, /* index of this configuration */
|
||||||
|
0, /* configuration name string index */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IS_SELF_POWERED
|
||||||
|
USBATTR_SELFPOWER, /* attributes */
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
USBATTR_BUSPOWER, /* attributes */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_MAX_BUS_POWER/2, /* max USB current in 2mA units */
|
||||||
|
/* interface descriptor follows inline: */
|
||||||
|
9, /* sizeof(usbDescrInterface): length of descriptor in bytes */
|
||||||
|
USBDESCR_INTERFACE, /* descriptor type */
|
||||||
|
0, /* index of this interface */
|
||||||
|
0, /* alternate setting for this interface */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT, /* endpoints excl 0: number of endpoint descriptors to follow */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_INTERFACE_CLASS,
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_INTERFACE_SUBCLASS,
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_INTERFACE_PROTOCOL,
|
||||||
|
0, /* string index for interface */
|
||||||
|
#if (USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID & 0xff) /* HID descriptor */
|
||||||
|
9, /* sizeof(usbDescrHID): length of descriptor in bytes */
|
||||||
|
USBDESCR_HID, /* descriptor type: HID */
|
||||||
|
0x01, 0x01, /* BCD representation of HID version */
|
||||||
|
0x00, /* target country code */
|
||||||
|
0x01, /* number of HID Report (or other HID class) Descriptor infos to follow */
|
||||||
|
0x22, /* descriptor type: report */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH, 0, /* total length of report descriptor */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT /* endpoint descriptor for endpoint 1 */
|
||||||
|
7, /* sizeof(usbDescrEndpoint) */
|
||||||
|
USBDESCR_ENDPOINT, /* descriptor type = endpoint */
|
||||||
|
0x81, /* IN endpoint number 1 */
|
||||||
|
0x03, /* attrib: Interrupt endpoint */
|
||||||
|
8, 0, /* maximum packet size */
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_INTR_POLL_INTERVAL, /* in ms */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* We don't use prog_int or prog_int16_t for compatibility with various libc
|
||||||
|
* versions. Here's an other compatibility hack:
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PRG_RDB
|
||||||
|
#define PRG_RDB(addr) pgm_read_byte(addr)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef union{
|
||||||
|
unsigned word;
|
||||||
|
uchar *ptr;
|
||||||
|
uchar bytes[2];
|
||||||
|
}converter_t;
|
||||||
|
/* We use this union to do type conversions. This is better optimized than
|
||||||
|
* type casts in gcc 3.4.3 and much better than using bit shifts to build
|
||||||
|
* ints from chars. Byte ordering is not a problem on an 8 bit platform.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT
|
||||||
|
uchar usbTxPacketCnt1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void usbSetInterrupt(uchar *data, uchar len)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uchar *p, i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT
|
||||||
|
if(usbTxLen1 == USBPID_STALL)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if 0 /* No runtime checks! Caller is responsible for valid data! */
|
||||||
|
if(len > 8) /* interrupt transfers are limited to 8 bytes */
|
||||||
|
len = 8;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
i = USBPID_DATA1;
|
||||||
|
if(usbTxPacketCnt1 & 1)
|
||||||
|
i = USBPID_DATA0;
|
||||||
|
if(usbTxLen1 & 0x10){ /* packet buffer was empty */
|
||||||
|
usbTxPacketCnt1++;
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen1 = USBPID_NAK; /* avoid sending incomplete interrupt data */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
p = usbTxBuf1;
|
||||||
|
*p++ = i;
|
||||||
|
for(i=len;i--;)
|
||||||
|
*p++ = *data++;
|
||||||
|
usbCrc16Append(&usbTxBuf1[1], len);
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen1 = len + 4; /* len must be given including sync byte */
|
||||||
|
DBG2(0x21, usbTxBuf1, len + 3);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
uchar usbTxPacketCnt3;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void usbSetInterrupt3(uchar *data, uchar len)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uchar *p, i;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
i = USBPID_DATA1;
|
||||||
|
if(usbTxPacketCnt3 & 1)
|
||||||
|
i = USBPID_DATA0;
|
||||||
|
if(usbTxLen3 & 0x10){ /* packet buffer was empty */
|
||||||
|
usbTxPacketCnt3++;
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen3 = USBPID_NAK; /* avoid sending incomplete interrupt data */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
p = usbTxBuf3;
|
||||||
|
*p++ = i;
|
||||||
|
for(i=len;i--;)
|
||||||
|
*p++ = *data++;
|
||||||
|
usbCrc16Append(&usbTxBuf3[1], len);
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen3 = len + 4; /* len must be given including sync byte */
|
||||||
|
DBG2(0x23, usbTxBuf3, len + 3);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static uchar usbRead(uchar *data, uchar len)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ
|
||||||
|
if(usbMsgFlags & USB_FLG_USE_DEFAULT_RW){
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
uchar i = len, *r = usbMsgPtr;
|
||||||
|
if(usbMsgFlags & USB_FLG_MSGPTR_IS_ROM){ /* ROM data */
|
||||||
|
while(i--){
|
||||||
|
uchar c = PRG_RDB(r); /* assign to char size variable to enforce byte ops */
|
||||||
|
*data++ = c;
|
||||||
|
r++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}else{ /* RAM data */
|
||||||
|
while(i--)
|
||||||
|
*data++ = *r++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usbMsgPtr = r;
|
||||||
|
return len;
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
if(len != 0) /* don't bother app with 0 sized reads */
|
||||||
|
return usbFunctionRead(data, len);
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define GET_DESCRIPTOR(cfgProp, staticName) \
|
||||||
|
if(cfgProp){ \
|
||||||
|
if((cfgProp) & USB_PROP_IS_RAM) \
|
||||||
|
flags &= ~USB_FLG_MSGPTR_IS_ROM; \
|
||||||
|
if((cfgProp) & USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC){ \
|
||||||
|
replyLen = usbFunctionDescriptor(rq); \
|
||||||
|
}else{ \
|
||||||
|
replyData = (uchar *)(staticName); \
|
||||||
|
SET_REPLY_LEN((cfgProp) & 0xff); \
|
||||||
|
} \
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* We use if() instead of #if in the macro above because #if can't be used
|
||||||
|
* in macros and the compiler optimizes constant conditions anyway.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Don't make this function static to avoid inlining.
|
||||||
|
* The entire function would become too large and exceed the range of
|
||||||
|
* relative jumps.
|
||||||
|
* 2006-02-25: Either gcc 3.4.3 is better than the gcc used when the comment
|
||||||
|
* above was written, or other parts of the code have changed. We now get
|
||||||
|
* better results with an inlined function. Test condition: PowerSwitch code.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
static void usbProcessRx(uchar *data, uchar len)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
usbRequest_t *rq = (void *)data;
|
||||||
|
uchar replyLen = 0, flags = USB_FLG_USE_DEFAULT_RW;
|
||||||
|
/* We use if() cascades because the compare is done byte-wise while switch()
|
||||||
|
* is int-based. The if() cascades are therefore more efficient.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
DBG2(0x10 + ((usbRxToken >> 6) & 3), data, len);
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT
|
||||||
|
if(usbRxToken & 0x80){
|
||||||
|
usbFunctionWriteOut(data, len);
|
||||||
|
return; /* no reply expected, hence no usbMsgPtr, usbMsgFlags, usbMsgLen set */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(usbRxToken == (uchar)(USBPID_SETUP & 0x7f)){ /* MSb contains endpoint (== 0) */
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
if(usbRxToken == (uchar)USBPID_SETUP){
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
if(len == 8){ /* Setup size must be always 8 bytes. Ignore otherwise. */
|
||||||
|
uchar type = rq->bmRequestType & USBRQ_TYPE_MASK;
|
||||||
|
if(type == USBRQ_TYPE_STANDARD){
|
||||||
|
#define SET_REPLY_LEN(len) replyLen = (len); usbMsgPtr = replyData
|
||||||
|
/* This macro ensures that replyLen and usbMsgPtr are always set in the same way.
|
||||||
|
* That allows optimization of common code in if() branches */
|
||||||
|
uchar *replyData = usbTxBuf + 9; /* there is 3 bytes free space at the end of the buffer */
|
||||||
|
replyData[0] = 0; /* common to USBRQ_GET_STATUS and USBRQ_GET_INTERFACE */
|
||||||
|
if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_GET_STATUS){ /* 0 */
|
||||||
|
uchar __attribute__((__unused__)) recipient = rq->bmRequestType & USBRQ_RCPT_MASK; /* assign arith ops to variables to enforce byte size */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IS_SELF_POWERED
|
||||||
|
if(recipient == USBRQ_RCPT_DEVICE)
|
||||||
|
replyData[0] = USB_CFG_IS_SELF_POWERED;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT && USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT
|
||||||
|
if(recipient == USBRQ_RCPT_ENDPOINT && rq->wIndex.bytes[0] == 0x81) /* request status for endpoint 1 */
|
||||||
|
replyData[0] = usbTxLen1 == USBPID_STALL;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
replyData[1] = 0;
|
||||||
|
SET_REPLY_LEN(2);
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_SET_ADDRESS){ /* 5 */
|
||||||
|
usbNewDeviceAddr = rq->wValue.bytes[0];
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR){ /* 6 */
|
||||||
|
flags = USB_FLG_MSGPTR_IS_ROM | USB_FLG_USE_DEFAULT_RW;
|
||||||
|
if(rq->wValue.bytes[1] == USBDESCR_DEVICE){ /* 1 */
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE, usbDescriptorDevice)
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->wValue.bytes[1] == USBDESCR_CONFIG){ /* 2 */
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION, usbDescriptorConfiguration)
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->wValue.bytes[1] == USBDESCR_STRING){ /* 3 */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS & USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC
|
||||||
|
if(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
flags &= ~USB_FLG_MSGPTR_IS_ROM;
|
||||||
|
replyLen = usbFunctionDescriptor(rq);
|
||||||
|
#else /* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS & USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC */
|
||||||
|
if(rq->wValue.bytes[0] == 0){ /* descriptor index */
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0, usbDescriptorString0)
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->wValue.bytes[0] == 1){
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR, usbDescriptorStringVendor)
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->wValue.bytes[0] == 2){
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_DEVICE, usbDescriptorStringDevice)
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->wValue.bytes[0] == 3){
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER, usbDescriptorStringSerialNumber)
|
||||||
|
}else if(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN & USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC){
|
||||||
|
replyLen = usbFunctionDescriptor(rq);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS & USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC */
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->wValue.bytes[1] == USBDESCR_HID){ /* 0x21 */
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID, usbDescriptorConfiguration + 18)
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->wValue.bytes[1] == USBDESCR_HID_REPORT){ /* 0x22 */
|
||||||
|
GET_DESCRIPTOR(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT, usbDescriptorHidReport)
|
||||||
|
}else if(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN & USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC){
|
||||||
|
replyLen = usbFunctionDescriptor(rq);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_GET_CONFIGURATION){ /* 8 */
|
||||||
|
replyData = &usbConfiguration; /* send current configuration value */
|
||||||
|
SET_REPLY_LEN(1);
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_SET_CONFIGURATION){ /* 9 */
|
||||||
|
usbConfiguration = rq->wValue.bytes[0];
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen1 = USBPID_NAK;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_GET_INTERFACE){ /* 10 */
|
||||||
|
SET_REPLY_LEN(1);
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_SET_INTERFACE){ /* 11 */
|
||||||
|
usbTxPacketCnt1 = 0; /* reset data toggling for interrupt endpoint */
|
||||||
|
# if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
usbTxPacketCnt3 = 0; /* reset data toggling for interrupt endpoint */
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
# if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen1 = USBPID_NAK;
|
||||||
|
}else if(rq->bRequest == USBRQ_CLEAR_FEATURE || rq->bRequest == USBRQ_SET_FEATURE){ /* 1|3 */
|
||||||
|
if(rq->wValue.bytes[0] == 0 && rq->wIndex.bytes[0] == 0x81){ /* feature 0 == HALT for endpoint == 1 */
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen1 = rq->bRequest == USBRQ_CLEAR_FEATURE ? USBPID_NAK : USBPID_STALL;
|
||||||
|
usbTxPacketCnt1 = 0; /* reset data toggling for interrupt endpoint */
|
||||||
|
# if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
usbTxPacketCnt3 = 0; /* reset data toggling for interrupt endpoint */
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
/* the following requests can be ignored, send default reply */
|
||||||
|
/* 1: CLEAR_FEATURE, 3: SET_FEATURE, 7: SET_DESCRIPTOR */
|
||||||
|
/* 12: SYNCH_FRAME */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#undef SET_REPLY_LEN
|
||||||
|
}else{ /* not a standard request -- must be vendor or class request */
|
||||||
|
replyLen = usbFunctionSetup(data);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ || USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE
|
||||||
|
if(replyLen == 0xff){ /* use user-supplied read/write function */
|
||||||
|
if((rq->bmRequestType & USBRQ_DIR_MASK) == USBRQ_DIR_DEVICE_TO_HOST){
|
||||||
|
replyLen = rq->wLength.bytes[0]; /* IN transfers only */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
flags &= ~USB_FLG_USE_DEFAULT_RW; /* we have no valid msg, use user supplied read/write functions */
|
||||||
|
}else /* The 'else' prevents that we limit a replyLen of 0xff to the maximum transfer len. */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
if(!rq->wLength.bytes[1] && replyLen > rq->wLength.bytes[0]) /* limit length to max */
|
||||||
|
replyLen = rq->wLength.bytes[0];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* make sure that data packets which are sent as ACK to an OUT transfer are always zero sized */
|
||||||
|
}else{ /* DATA packet from out request */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE
|
||||||
|
if(!(usbMsgFlags & USB_FLG_USE_DEFAULT_RW)){
|
||||||
|
uchar rval = usbFunctionWrite(data, len);
|
||||||
|
replyLen = 0xff;
|
||||||
|
if(rval == 0xff){ /* an error occurred */
|
||||||
|
usbMsgLen = 0xff; /* cancel potentially pending data packet for ACK */
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen = USBPID_STALL;
|
||||||
|
}else if(rval != 0){ /* This was the final package */
|
||||||
|
replyLen = 0; /* answer with a zero-sized data packet */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
flags = 0; /* start with a DATA1 package, stay with user supplied write() function */
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usbMsgFlags = flags;
|
||||||
|
usbMsgLen = replyLen;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void usbBuildTxBlock(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uchar wantLen, len, txLen, token;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
wantLen = usbMsgLen;
|
||||||
|
if(wantLen > 8)
|
||||||
|
wantLen = 8;
|
||||||
|
usbMsgLen -= wantLen;
|
||||||
|
token = USBPID_DATA1;
|
||||||
|
if(usbMsgFlags & USB_FLG_TX_PACKET)
|
||||||
|
token = USBPID_DATA0;
|
||||||
|
usbMsgFlags++;
|
||||||
|
len = usbRead(usbTxBuf + 1, wantLen);
|
||||||
|
if(len <= 8){ /* valid data packet */
|
||||||
|
usbCrc16Append(&usbTxBuf[1], len);
|
||||||
|
txLen = len + 4; /* length including sync byte */
|
||||||
|
if(len < 8) /* a partial package identifies end of message */
|
||||||
|
usbMsgLen = 0xff;
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
txLen = USBPID_STALL; /* stall the endpoint */
|
||||||
|
usbMsgLen = 0xff;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usbTxBuf[0] = token;
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen = txLen;
|
||||||
|
DBG2(0x20, usbTxBuf, txLen-1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static inline uchar isNotSE0(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uchar rval;
|
||||||
|
/* We want to do
|
||||||
|
* return (USBIN & USBMASK);
|
||||||
|
* here, but the compiler does int-expansion acrobatics.
|
||||||
|
* We can avoid this by assigning to a char-sized variable.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
rval = USBIN & USBMASK;
|
||||||
|
return rval;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void usbPoll(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uchar len;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if((len = usbRxLen) > 0){
|
||||||
|
/* We could check CRC16 here -- but ACK has already been sent anyway. If you
|
||||||
|
* need data integrity checks with this driver, check the CRC in your app
|
||||||
|
* code and report errors back to the host. Since the ACK was already sent,
|
||||||
|
* retries must be handled on application level.
|
||||||
|
* unsigned crc = usbCrc16((uchar *)(unsigned)(usbAppBuf + 1), usbRxLen - 3);
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
len -= 3; /* remove PID and CRC */
|
||||||
|
if(len < 128){ /* no overflow */
|
||||||
|
converter_t appBuf;
|
||||||
|
appBuf.ptr = (uchar *)usbRxBuf;
|
||||||
|
appBuf.bytes[0] = usbAppBuf;
|
||||||
|
appBuf.bytes[0]++;
|
||||||
|
usbProcessRx(appBuf.ptr, len);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_FLOWCONTROL
|
||||||
|
if(usbRxLen > 0) /* only mark as available if not inactivated */
|
||||||
|
usbRxLen = 0;
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
usbRxLen = 0; /* mark rx buffer as available */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(usbMsgLen != 0xff){ /* transmit data pending? */
|
||||||
|
if(usbTxLen & 0x10) /* transmit system idle */
|
||||||
|
usbBuildTxBlock();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if(isNotSE0()){ /* SE0 state */
|
||||||
|
usbIsReset = 0;
|
||||||
|
}else{
|
||||||
|
/* check whether SE0 lasts for more than 2.5us (3.75 bit times) */
|
||||||
|
if(!usbIsReset){
|
||||||
|
uchar i;
|
||||||
|
for(i=100;i;i--){
|
||||||
|
if(isNotSE0())
|
||||||
|
goto notUsbReset;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
usbIsReset = 1;
|
||||||
|
usbNewDeviceAddr = 0;
|
||||||
|
usbDeviceAddr = 0;
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen1 = USBPID_NAK;
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
usbTxLen3 = USBPID_NAK;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
DBG1(0xff, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
notUsbReset:;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void usbInit(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
usbInputBuf = (uchar)usbRxBuf[0];
|
||||||
|
usbAppBuf = (uchar)usbRxBuf[1];
|
||||||
|
#if USB_INTR_CFG_SET != 0
|
||||||
|
USB_INTR_CFG |= USB_INTR_CFG_SET;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if USB_INTR_CFG_CLR != 0
|
||||||
|
USB_INTR_CFG &= ~(USB_INTR_CFG_CLR);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
USB_INTR_ENABLE |= (1 << USB_INTR_ENABLE_BIT);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
657
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrv.h
Normal file
657
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrv.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,657 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: usbdrv.h
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR USB driver
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2004-12-29
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: usbdrv.h,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __usbdrv_h_included__
|
||||||
|
#define __usbdrv_h_included__
|
||||||
|
#include "usbconfig.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "iarcompat.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
Hardware Prerequisites:
|
||||||
|
=======================
|
||||||
|
USB lines D+ and D- MUST be wired to the same I/O port. D+ must (also) be
|
||||||
|
connected to INT0. D- requires a pullup of 1.5k to +3.5V (and the device
|
||||||
|
must be powered at 3.5V) to identify as low-speed USB device. A pullup of
|
||||||
|
1M SHOULD be connected from D+ to +3.5V to prevent interference when no USB
|
||||||
|
master is connected. We use D+ as interrupt source and not D- because it
|
||||||
|
does not trigger on keep-alive and RESET states.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
As a compile time option, the 1.5k pullup resistor on D- can be made
|
||||||
|
switchable to allow the device to disconnect at will. See the definition of
|
||||||
|
usbDeviceConnect() and usbDeviceDisconnect() further down in this file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Please adapt the values in usbconfig.h according to your hardware!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The device MUST be clocked at 12 MHz. This is more than the 10 MHz allowed by
|
||||||
|
an AT90S2313 powered at 4.5V. However, if the supply voltage to maximum clock
|
||||||
|
relation is interpolated linearly, an ATtiny2313 meets the requirement by
|
||||||
|
specification. In practice, the AT90S2313 can be overclocked and works well.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Limitations:
|
||||||
|
============
|
||||||
|
Compiling:
|
||||||
|
You should link the usbdrv.o module first because it has special alignment
|
||||||
|
requirements for the receive buffer (the buffer must not cross a 256 byte
|
||||||
|
page boundary, it must not even touch it at the end). If you can't link it
|
||||||
|
first, you must use other measures to ensure alignment.
|
||||||
|
Note: gcc does not always assign variable addresses in the order as the modules
|
||||||
|
are linked or the variables are declared. You can choose a memory section for
|
||||||
|
the receive buffer with the configuration option "USB_BUFFER_SECTION". This
|
||||||
|
option defaults to ".bss". If you use your own section, you can place it at
|
||||||
|
an arbitrary location with a linker option similar to
|
||||||
|
"-Wl,--section-start=.mybuffer=0x800060". Use "avr-nm -ng" on the binary and
|
||||||
|
search for "usbRxBuf" to find tbe base address of the 22 bytes rx buffer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Robustness with respect to communication errors:
|
||||||
|
The driver assumes error-free communication. It DOES check for errors in
|
||||||
|
the PID, but does NOT check bit stuffing errors, SE0 in middle of a byte,
|
||||||
|
token CRC (5 bit) and data CRC (16 bit). CRC checks can not be performed due
|
||||||
|
to timing constraints: We must start sending a reply within 7 bit times.
|
||||||
|
Bit stuffing and misplaced SE0 would have to be checked in real-time, but CPU
|
||||||
|
performance does not permit that. The driver does not check Data0/Data1
|
||||||
|
toggling, but application software can implement the check.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sampling jitter:
|
||||||
|
The driver guarantees a sampling window of 1/2 bit. The USB spec requires
|
||||||
|
that the receiver has at most 1/4 bit sampling window. The 1/2 bit window
|
||||||
|
should still work reliably enough because we work at low speed. If you want
|
||||||
|
to meet the spec, define the macro "USB_CFG_SAMPLE_EXACT" to 1 in usbconfig.h.
|
||||||
|
This will unroll a loop which results in bigger code size.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Input characteristics:
|
||||||
|
Since no differential receiver circuit is used, electrical interference
|
||||||
|
robustness may suffer. The driver samples only one of the data lines with
|
||||||
|
an ordinary I/O pin's input characteristics. However, since this is only a
|
||||||
|
low speed USB implementation and the specification allows for 8 times the
|
||||||
|
bit rate over the same hardware, we should be on the safe side. Even the spec
|
||||||
|
requires detection of asymmetric states at high bit rate for SE0 detection.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Number of endpoints:
|
||||||
|
The driver supports up to four endpoints: One control endpoint (endpoint 0),
|
||||||
|
two interrupt-in (or bulk-in) endpoints (endpoint 1 and 3) and one
|
||||||
|
interrupt-out (or bulk-out) endpoint (endpoint 1). Please note that the USB
|
||||||
|
standard forbids bulk endpoints for low speed devices! Most operating systems
|
||||||
|
allow them anyway, but the AVR will spend 90% of the CPU time in the USB
|
||||||
|
interrupt polling for bulk data.
|
||||||
|
By default, only the control endpoint 0 is enabled. To get the other endpoints,
|
||||||
|
define USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT, USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3 and/or
|
||||||
|
USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT respectively (see usbconfig-prototype.h for
|
||||||
|
details).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Maximum data payload:
|
||||||
|
Data payload of control in and out transfers may be up to 254 bytes. In order
|
||||||
|
to accept payload data of out transfers, you need to implement
|
||||||
|
'usbFunctionWrite()'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
USB Suspend Mode supply current:
|
||||||
|
The USB standard limits power consumption to 500uA when the bus is in suspend
|
||||||
|
mode. This is not a problem for self-powered devices since they don't need
|
||||||
|
bus power anyway. Bus-powered devices can achieve this only by putting the
|
||||||
|
CPU in sleep mode. The driver does not implement suspend handling by itself.
|
||||||
|
However, the application may implement activity monitoring and wakeup from
|
||||||
|
sleep. The host sends regular SE0 states on the bus to keep it active. These
|
||||||
|
SE0 states can be detected by wiring the INT1 pin to D-. It is not necessary
|
||||||
|
to enable the interrupt, checking the interrupt pending flag should suffice.
|
||||||
|
Before entering sleep mode, the application should enable INT1 for a wakeup
|
||||||
|
on the next bus activity.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Operation without an USB master:
|
||||||
|
The driver behaves neutral without connection to an USB master if D- reads
|
||||||
|
as 1. To avoid spurious interrupts, we recommend a high impedance (e.g. 1M)
|
||||||
|
pullup resistor on D+. If D- becomes statically 0, the driver may block in
|
||||||
|
the interrupt routine.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Interrupt latency:
|
||||||
|
The application must ensure that the USB interrupt is not disabled for more
|
||||||
|
than 20 cycles. This implies that all interrupt routines must either be
|
||||||
|
declared as "INTERRUPT" instead of "SIGNAL" (see "avr/signal.h") or that they
|
||||||
|
are written in assembler with "sei" as the first instruction.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Maximum interrupt duration / CPU cycle consumption:
|
||||||
|
The driver handles all USB communication during the interrupt service
|
||||||
|
routine. The routine will not return before an entire USB message is received
|
||||||
|
and the reply is sent. This may be up to ca. 1200 cycles = 100us if the host
|
||||||
|
conforms to the standard. The driver will consume CPU cycles for all USB
|
||||||
|
messages, even if they address another (low-speed) device on the same bus.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* --------------------------- Module Interface ---------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USBDRV_VERSION 20060718
|
||||||
|
/* This define uniquely identifies a driver version. It is a decimal number
|
||||||
|
* constructed from the driver's release date in the form YYYYMMDD. If the
|
||||||
|
* driver's behavior or interface changes, you can use this constant to
|
||||||
|
* distinguish versions. If it is not defined, the driver's release date is
|
||||||
|
* older than 2006-01-25.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef uchar
|
||||||
|
#define uchar unsigned char
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef schar
|
||||||
|
#define schar signed char
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
/* shortcuts for well defined 8 bit integer types */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct usbRequest; /* forward declaration */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern void usbInit(void);
|
||||||
|
/* This function must be called before interrupts are enabled and the main
|
||||||
|
* loop is entered.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
extern void usbPoll(void);
|
||||||
|
/* This function must be called at regular intervals from the main loop.
|
||||||
|
* Maximum delay between calls is somewhat less than 50ms (USB timeout for
|
||||||
|
* accepting a Setup message). Otherwise the device will not be recognized.
|
||||||
|
* Please note that debug outputs through the UART take ~ 0.5ms per byte
|
||||||
|
* at 19200 bps.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
extern uchar *usbMsgPtr;
|
||||||
|
/* This variable may be used to pass transmit data to the driver from the
|
||||||
|
* implementation of usbFunctionWrite(). It is also used internally by the
|
||||||
|
* driver for standard control requests.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
extern uchar usbFunctionSetup(uchar data[8]);
|
||||||
|
/* This function is called when the driver receives a SETUP transaction from
|
||||||
|
* the host which is not answered by the driver itself (in practice: class and
|
||||||
|
* vendor requests). All control transfers start with a SETUP transaction where
|
||||||
|
* the host communicates the parameters of the following (optional) data
|
||||||
|
* transfer. The SETUP data is available in the 'data' parameter which can
|
||||||
|
* (and should) be casted to 'usbRequest_t *' for a more user-friendly access
|
||||||
|
* to parameters.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* If the SETUP indicates a control-in transfer, you should provide the
|
||||||
|
* requested data to the driver. There are two ways to transfer this data:
|
||||||
|
* (1) Set the global pointer 'usbMsgPtr' to the base of the static RAM data
|
||||||
|
* block and return the length of the data in 'usbFunctionSetup()'. The driver
|
||||||
|
* will handle the rest. Or (2) return 0xff in 'usbFunctionSetup()'. The driver
|
||||||
|
* will then call 'usbFunctionRead()' when data is needed. See the
|
||||||
|
* documentation for usbFunctionRead() for details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* If the SETUP indicates a control-out transfer, the only way to receive the
|
||||||
|
* data from the host is through the 'usbFunctionWrite()' call. If you
|
||||||
|
* implement this function, you must return 0xff in 'usbFunctionSetup()' to
|
||||||
|
* indicate that 'usbFunctionWrite()' should be used. See the documentation of
|
||||||
|
* this function for more information. If you just want to ignore the data sent
|
||||||
|
* by the host, return 0 in 'usbFunctionSetup()'.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Note that calls to the functions usbFunctionRead() and usbFunctionWrite()
|
||||||
|
* are only done if enabled by the configuration in usbconfig.h.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
extern uchar usbFunctionDescriptor(struct usbRequest *rq);
|
||||||
|
/* You need to implement this function ONLY if you provide USB descriptors at
|
||||||
|
* runtime (which is an expert feature). It is very similar to
|
||||||
|
* usbFunctionSetup() above, but it is called only to request USB descriptor
|
||||||
|
* data. See the documentation of usbFunctionSetup() above for more info.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT
|
||||||
|
void usbSetInterrupt(uchar *data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
/* This function sets the message which will be sent during the next interrupt
|
||||||
|
* IN transfer. The message is copied to an internal buffer and must not exceed
|
||||||
|
* a length of 8 bytes. The message may be 0 bytes long just to indicate the
|
||||||
|
* interrupt status to the host.
|
||||||
|
* If you need to transfer more bytes, use a control read after the interrupt.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
extern volatile uchar usbTxLen1;
|
||||||
|
#define usbInterruptIsReady() (usbTxLen1 & 0x10)
|
||||||
|
/* This macro indicates whether the last interrupt message has already been
|
||||||
|
* sent. If you set a new interrupt message before the old was sent, the
|
||||||
|
* message already buffered will be lost.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
void usbSetInterrupt3(uchar *data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
extern volatile uchar usbTxLen3;
|
||||||
|
#define usbInterruptIsReady3() (usbTxLen3 & 0x10)
|
||||||
|
/* Same as above for endpoint 3 */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH /* simplified interface for backward compatibility */
|
||||||
|
#define usbHidReportDescriptor usbDescriptorHidReport
|
||||||
|
/* should be declared as: PROGMEM char usbHidReportDescriptor[]; */
|
||||||
|
/* If you implement an HID device, you need to provide a report descriptor.
|
||||||
|
* The HID report descriptor syntax is a bit complex. If you understand how
|
||||||
|
* report descriptors are constructed, we recommend that you use the HID
|
||||||
|
* Descriptor Tool from usb.org, see http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/.
|
||||||
|
* Otherwise you should probably start with a working example.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE
|
||||||
|
extern uchar usbFunctionWrite(uchar *data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
/* This function is called by the driver to provide a control transfer's
|
||||||
|
* payload data (control-out). It is called in chunks of up to 8 bytes. The
|
||||||
|
* total count provided in the current control transfer can be obtained from
|
||||||
|
* the 'length' property in the setup data. If an error occurred during
|
||||||
|
* processing, return 0xff (== -1). The driver will answer the entire transfer
|
||||||
|
* with a STALL token in this case. If you have received the entire payload
|
||||||
|
* successfully, return 1. If you expect more data, return 0. If you don't
|
||||||
|
* know whether the host will send more data (you should know, the total is
|
||||||
|
* provided in the usbFunctionSetup() call!), return 1.
|
||||||
|
* NOTE: If you return 0xff for STALL, 'usbFunctionWrite()' may still be called
|
||||||
|
* for the remaining data. You must continue to return 0xff for STALL in these
|
||||||
|
* calls.
|
||||||
|
* In order to get usbFunctionWrite() called, define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE
|
||||||
|
* to 1 in usbconfig.h and return 0xff in usbFunctionSetup()..
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ
|
||||||
|
extern uchar usbFunctionRead(uchar *data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
/* This function is called by the driver to ask the application for a control
|
||||||
|
* transfer's payload data (control-in). It is called in chunks of up to 8
|
||||||
|
* bytes each. You should copy the data to the location given by 'data' and
|
||||||
|
* return the actual number of bytes copied. If you return less than requested,
|
||||||
|
* the control-in transfer is terminated. If you return 0xff, the driver aborts
|
||||||
|
* the transfer with a STALL token.
|
||||||
|
* In order to get usbFunctionRead() called, define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ
|
||||||
|
* to 1 in usbconfig.h and return 0xff in usbFunctionSetup()..
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ */
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT
|
||||||
|
extern void usbFunctionWriteOut(uchar *data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
/* This function is called by the driver when data on interrupt-out or bulk-
|
||||||
|
* out endpoint 1 is received. You must define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT
|
||||||
|
* to 1 in usbconfig.h to get this function called.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT */
|
||||||
|
#ifdef USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME
|
||||||
|
#define usbDeviceConnect() ((USB_PULLUP_DDR |= (1<<USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT)), \
|
||||||
|
(USB_PULLUP_OUT |= (1<<USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT)))
|
||||||
|
/* This macro (intended to look like a function) connects the device to the
|
||||||
|
* USB bus. It is only available if you have defined the constants
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORT and USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT in usbconfig.h.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define usbDeviceDisconnect() (USB_PULLUP_OUT &= ~(1<<USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT))
|
||||||
|
/* This macro (intended to look like a function) disconnects the device from
|
||||||
|
* the USB bus. It is only available if you have defined the constants
|
||||||
|
* USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORT and USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT in usbconfig.h.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#endif /* USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORT */
|
||||||
|
extern unsigned usbCrc16(unsigned data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
#define usbCrc16(data, len) usbCrc16((unsigned)(data), len)
|
||||||
|
/* This function calculates the binary complement of the data CRC used in
|
||||||
|
* USB data packets. The value is used to build raw transmit packets.
|
||||||
|
* You may want to use this function for data checksums or to verify received
|
||||||
|
* data. We enforce 16 bit calling conventions for compatibility with IAR's
|
||||||
|
* tiny memory model.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
extern unsigned usbCrc16Append(unsigned data, uchar len);
|
||||||
|
#define usbCrc16Append(data, len) usbCrc16Append((unsigned)(data), len)
|
||||||
|
/* This function is equivalent to usbCrc16() above, except that it appends
|
||||||
|
* the 2 bytes CRC (lowbyte first) in the 'data' buffer after reading 'len'
|
||||||
|
* bytes.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
extern uchar usbConfiguration;
|
||||||
|
/* This value contains the current configuration set by the host. The driver
|
||||||
|
* allows setting and querying of this variable with the USB SET_CONFIGURATION
|
||||||
|
* and GET_CONFIGURATION requests, but does not use it otherwise.
|
||||||
|
* You may want to reflect the "configured" status with a LED on the device or
|
||||||
|
* switch on high power parts of the circuit only if the device is configured.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER(stringLength) ((2*(stringLength)+2) | (3<<8))
|
||||||
|
/* This macro builds a descriptor header for a string descriptor given the
|
||||||
|
* string's length. See usbdrv.c for an example how to use it.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_FLOWCONTROL
|
||||||
|
extern volatile schar usbRxLen;
|
||||||
|
#define usbDisableAllRequests() usbRxLen = -1
|
||||||
|
/* Must be called from usbFunctionWrite(). This macro disables all data input
|
||||||
|
* from the USB interface. Requests from the host are answered with a NAK
|
||||||
|
* while they are disabled.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define usbEnableAllRequests() usbRxLen = 0
|
||||||
|
/* May only be called if requests are disabled. This macro enables input from
|
||||||
|
* the USB interface after it has been disabled with usbDisableAllRequests().
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define usbAllRequestsAreDisabled() (usbRxLen < 0)
|
||||||
|
/* Use this macro to find out whether requests are disabled. It may be needed
|
||||||
|
* to ensure that usbEnableAllRequests() is never called when requests are
|
||||||
|
* enabled.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern uchar usbTxPacketCnt1;
|
||||||
|
extern uchar usbTxPacketCnt3;
|
||||||
|
/* The two variables above are mostly for internal use by the driver. You may
|
||||||
|
* have to reset usbTxPacketCnt1 to 0 if you start data toggling at DATA0 for
|
||||||
|
* interrupt-IN endpoint 1 and usbTxPacketCnt3 for interrupt-IN endpoint 3
|
||||||
|
* respectively.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __ASSEMBLER__ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ----------------- Definitions for Descriptor Properties ----------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* This is advanced stuff. See usbconfig-prototype.h for more information
|
||||||
|
* about the various methods to define USB descriptors. If you do nothing,
|
||||||
|
* the default descriptors will be used.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC (1 << 8)
|
||||||
|
/* If this property is set for a descriptor, usbFunctionDescriptor() will be
|
||||||
|
* used to obtain the particular descriptor.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_PROP_IS_RAM (1 << 9)
|
||||||
|
/* If this property is set for a descriptor, the data is read from RAM
|
||||||
|
* memory instead of Flash. The property is used for all methods to provide
|
||||||
|
* external descriptors.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#define USB_PROP_LENGTH(len) ((len) & 0xff)
|
||||||
|
/* If a static external descriptor is used, this is the total length of the
|
||||||
|
* descriptor in bytes.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* all descriptors which may have properties: */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_DEVICE
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_DEVICE 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT)
|
||||||
|
# undef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT
|
||||||
|
# if USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH /* do some backward compatibility tricks */
|
||||||
|
# define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT 0
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------ forward declaration of descriptors ------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* If you use external static descriptors, they must be stored in global
|
||||||
|
* arrays as declared below:
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
|
||||||
|
extern
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
char usbDescriptorDevice[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
char usbDescriptorConfiguration[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
char usbDescriptorHidReport[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0 & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
char usbDescriptorString0[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
int usbDescriptorStringVendor[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_PRODUCT & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
int usbDescriptorStringDevice[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern
|
||||||
|
#if !(USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER & USB_PROP_IS_RAM)
|
||||||
|
PROGMEM
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
int usbDescriptorStringSerialNumber[];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __ASSEMBLER__ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------ General Purpose Macros ------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CONCAT(a, b) a ## b
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CONCAT_EXPANDED(a, b) USB_CONCAT(a, b)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_OUTPORT(name) USB_CONCAT(PORT, name)
|
||||||
|
#define USB_INPORT(name) USB_CONCAT(PIN, name)
|
||||||
|
#define USB_DDRPORT(name) USB_CONCAT(DDR, name)
|
||||||
|
/* The double-define trick above lets us concatenate strings which are
|
||||||
|
* defined by macros.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------- Constant definitions -------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID || !defined USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID
|
||||||
|
static uchar Warning_You_should_define_USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID_and_USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID_in_usbconfig_h;
|
||||||
|
/* The unused variable above should generate a warning on all compilers. IAR cc
|
||||||
|
* does not understand the "#warning" preprocessor direcetive.
|
||||||
|
* If the user has not defined IDs, we default to obdev's free IDs.
|
||||||
|
* See USBID-License.txt for details.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* make sure we have a VID and PID defined, byte order is lowbyte, highbyte */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID
|
||||||
|
# define USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID 0xc0, 0x16 /* 5824 in dec, stands for VOTI */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID
|
||||||
|
# if USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH
|
||||||
|
# define USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID 0xdf, 0x05 /* 1503 in dec, shared PID for HIDs */
|
||||||
|
# elif USB_CFG_INTERFACE_CLASS == 2
|
||||||
|
# define USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID 0xe1, 0x05 /* 1505 in dec, shared PID for CDC Modems */
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID 0xdc, 0x05 /* 1500 in dec, obdev's free PID */
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_BUFFER_SECTION
|
||||||
|
# define USB_BUFFER_SECTION ".bss" /* if user has not selected a named section */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Derive Output, Input and DataDirection ports from port names */
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME
|
||||||
|
#error "You must define USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME in usbconfig.h, see usbconfig-prototype.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USBOUT USB_OUTPORT(USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME)
|
||||||
|
#define USB_PULLUP_OUT USB_OUTPORT(USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME)
|
||||||
|
#define USBIN USB_INPORT(USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME)
|
||||||
|
#define USBDDR USB_DDRPORT(USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME)
|
||||||
|
#define USB_PULLUP_DDR USB_DDRPORT(USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USBMINUS USB_CFG_DMINUS_BIT
|
||||||
|
#define USBPLUS USB_CFG_DPLUS_BIT
|
||||||
|
#define USBIDLE (1<<USB_CFG_DMINUS_BIT) /* value representing J state */
|
||||||
|
#define USBMASK ((1<<USB_CFG_DPLUS_BIT) | (1<<USB_CFG_DMINUS_BIT)) /* mask for USB I/O bits */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* defines for backward compatibility with older driver versions: */
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_IOPORT USB_OUTPORT(USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME)
|
||||||
|
#ifdef USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME
|
||||||
|
#define USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORT USB_OUTPORT(USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USB_BUFSIZE 11 /* PID, 8 bytes data, 2 bytes CRC */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ----- Try to find registers and bits responsible for ext interrupt 0 ----- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_INTR_CFG /* allow user to override our default */
|
||||||
|
# if defined EICRA
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_CFG EICRA
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_CFG MCUCR
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_INTR_CFG_SET /* allow user to override our default */
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_CFG_SET ((1 << ISC00) | (1 << ISC01)) /* cfg for rising edge */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_INTR_CFG_CLR /* allow user to override our default */
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_CFG_CLR 0 /* no bits to clear */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_INTR_ENABLE /* allow user to override our default */
|
||||||
|
# if defined GIMSK
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_ENABLE GIMSK
|
||||||
|
# elif defined EIMSK
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_ENABLE EIMSK
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_ENABLE GICR
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_INTR_ENABLE_BIT /* allow user to override our default */
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_ENABLE_BIT INT0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_INTR_PENDING /* allow user to override our default */
|
||||||
|
# if defined EIFR
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_PENDING EIFR
|
||||||
|
# else
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_PENDING GIFR
|
||||||
|
# endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef USB_INTR_PENDING_BIT /* allow user to override our default */
|
||||||
|
# define USB_INTR_PENDING_BIT INTF0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
The defines above don't work for the following chips
|
||||||
|
at90c8534: no ISC0?, no PORTB, can't find a data sheet
|
||||||
|
at86rf401: no PORTB, no MCUCR etc, low clock rate
|
||||||
|
atmega103: no ISC0? (maybe omission in header, can't find data sheet)
|
||||||
|
atmega603: not defined in avr-libc
|
||||||
|
at43usb320, at43usb355, at76c711: have USB anyway
|
||||||
|
at94k: is different...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
at90s1200, attiny11, attiny12, attiny15, attiny28: these have no RAM
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ----------------- USB Specification Constants and Types ----------------- */
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB Token values */
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_SETUP 0x2d
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_OUT 0xe1
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_IN 0x69
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_DATA0 0xc3
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_DATA1 0x4b
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_ACK 0xd2
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_NAK 0x5a
|
||||||
|
#define USBPID_STALL 0x1e
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __ASSEMBLER__
|
||||||
|
typedef union usbWord{
|
||||||
|
unsigned word;
|
||||||
|
uchar bytes[2];
|
||||||
|
}usbWord_t;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct usbRequest{
|
||||||
|
uchar bmRequestType;
|
||||||
|
uchar bRequest;
|
||||||
|
usbWord_t wValue;
|
||||||
|
usbWord_t wIndex;
|
||||||
|
usbWord_t wLength;
|
||||||
|
}usbRequest_t;
|
||||||
|
/* This structure matches the 8 byte setup request */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* bmRequestType field in USB setup:
|
||||||
|
* d t t r r r r r, where
|
||||||
|
* d ..... direction: 0=host->device, 1=device->host
|
||||||
|
* t ..... type: 0=standard, 1=class, 2=vendor, 3=reserved
|
||||||
|
* r ..... recipient: 0=device, 1=interface, 2=endpoint, 3=other
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB setup recipient values */
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_RCPT_MASK 0x1f
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_RCPT_DEVICE 0
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_RCPT_INTERFACE 1
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_RCPT_ENDPOINT 2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB request type values */
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_TYPE_MASK 0x60
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_TYPE_STANDARD (0<<5)
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_TYPE_CLASS (1<<5)
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_TYPE_VENDOR (2<<5)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB direction values: */
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_DIR_MASK 0x80
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_DIR_HOST_TO_DEVICE (0<<7)
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_DIR_DEVICE_TO_HOST (1<<7)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB Standard Requests */
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_GET_STATUS 0
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_CLEAR_FEATURE 1
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_SET_FEATURE 3
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_SET_ADDRESS 5
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR 6
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_SET_DESCRIPTOR 7
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_GET_CONFIGURATION 8
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_SET_CONFIGURATION 9
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_GET_INTERFACE 10
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_SET_INTERFACE 11
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_SYNCH_FRAME 12
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB descriptor constants */
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_DEVICE 1
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_CONFIG 2
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_STRING 3
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_INTERFACE 4
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_ENDPOINT 5
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_HID 0x21
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_HID_REPORT 0x22
|
||||||
|
#define USBDESCR_HID_PHYS 0x23
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USBATTR_BUSPOWER 0x80
|
||||||
|
#define USBATTR_SELFPOWER 0x40
|
||||||
|
#define USBATTR_REMOTEWAKE 0x20
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* USB HID Requests */
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_HID_GET_REPORT 0x01
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_HID_GET_IDLE 0x02
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_HID_GET_PROTOCOL 0x03
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_HID_SET_REPORT 0x09
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_HID_SET_IDLE 0x0a
|
||||||
|
#define USBRQ_HID_SET_PROTOCOL 0x0b
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __usbdrv_h_included__ */
|
784
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.S
Normal file
784
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.S
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,784 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: usbdrvasm.S
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR USB driver
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2004-12-29
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: usbdrvasm.S,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
General Description:
|
||||||
|
This module implements the assembler part of the USB driver. See usbdrv.h
|
||||||
|
for a description of the entire driver.
|
||||||
|
Since almost all of this code is timing critical, don't change unless you
|
||||||
|
really know what you are doing! Many parts require not only a maximum number
|
||||||
|
of CPU cycles, but even an exact number of cycles!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Timing constraints according to spec (in bit times):
|
||||||
|
timing subject min max CPUcycles
|
||||||
|
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
EOP of OUT/SETUP to sync pattern of DATA0 (both rx) 2 16 16-128
|
||||||
|
EOP of IN to sync pattern of DATA0 (rx, then tx) 2 7.5 16-60
|
||||||
|
DATAx (rx) to ACK/NAK/STALL (tx) 2 7.5 16-60
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "iarcompat.h"
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__
|
||||||
|
/* configs for io.h */
|
||||||
|
# define __SFR_OFFSET 0
|
||||||
|
# define _VECTOR(N) __vector_ ## N /* io.h does not define this for asm */
|
||||||
|
# include <avr/io.h> /* for CPU I/O register definitions and vectors */
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__ */
|
||||||
|
#include "usbdrv.h" /* for common defs */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* register names */
|
||||||
|
#define x1 r16
|
||||||
|
#define x2 r17
|
||||||
|
#define shift r18
|
||||||
|
#define cnt r19
|
||||||
|
#define x3 r20
|
||||||
|
#define x4 r21
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Some assembler dependent definitions and declarations: */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define nop2 rjmp $+2 /* jump to next instruction */
|
||||||
|
# define XL r26
|
||||||
|
# define XH r27
|
||||||
|
# define YL r28
|
||||||
|
# define YH r29
|
||||||
|
# define ZL r30
|
||||||
|
# define ZH r31
|
||||||
|
# define lo8(x) LOW(x)
|
||||||
|
# define hi8(x) ((x)>>8) /* not HIGH to allow XLINK to make a proper range check */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern usbRxBuf, usbDeviceAddr, usbNewDeviceAddr, usbInputBuf
|
||||||
|
extern usbCurrentTok, usbRxLen, usbRxToken, usbAppBuf, usbTxLen
|
||||||
|
extern usbTxBuf, usbMsgLen, usbTxLen1, usbTxBuf1, usbTxLen3, usbTxBuf3
|
||||||
|
public usbCrc16
|
||||||
|
public usbCrc16Append
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COMMON INTVEC
|
||||||
|
ORG INT0_vect
|
||||||
|
rjmp SIG_INTERRUPT0
|
||||||
|
RSEG CODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#else /* __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define nop2 rjmp .+0 /* jump to next instruction */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
.text
|
||||||
|
.global SIG_INTERRUPT0
|
||||||
|
.type SIG_INTERRUPT0, @function
|
||||||
|
.global usbCrc16
|
||||||
|
.global usbCrc16Append
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SIG_INTERRUPT0:
|
||||||
|
;Software-receiver engine. Strict timing! Don't change unless you can preserve timing!
|
||||||
|
;interrupt response time: 4 cycles + insn running = 7 max if interrupts always enabled
|
||||||
|
;max allowable interrupt latency: 32 cycles -> max 25 cycles interrupt disable
|
||||||
|
;max stack usage: [ret(2), x1, SREG, x2, cnt, shift, YH, YL, x3, x4] = 11 bytes
|
||||||
|
usbInterrupt:
|
||||||
|
;order of registers pushed:
|
||||||
|
;x1, SREG, x2, cnt, shift, [YH, YL, x3]
|
||||||
|
push x1 ;2 push only what is necessary to sync with edge ASAP
|
||||||
|
in x1, SREG ;1
|
||||||
|
push x1 ;2
|
||||||
|
;sync byte (D-) pattern LSb to MSb: 01010100 [1 = idle = J, 0 = K]
|
||||||
|
;sync up with J to K edge during sync pattern -- use fastest possible loops
|
||||||
|
;first part has no timeout because it waits for IDLE or SE1 (== disconnected)
|
||||||
|
#if !USB_CFG_SAMPLE_EXACT
|
||||||
|
ldi x1, 5 ;1 setup a timeout for waitForK
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
waitForJ:
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS ;1 wait for D- == 1
|
||||||
|
rjmp waitForJ ;2
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_SAMPLE_EXACT
|
||||||
|
;The following code represents the unrolled loop in the else branch. It
|
||||||
|
;results in a sampling window of 1/4 bit which meets the spec.
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS
|
||||||
|
rjmp foundK
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS
|
||||||
|
rjmp foundK
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS
|
||||||
|
rjmp foundK
|
||||||
|
nop
|
||||||
|
nop2
|
||||||
|
foundK:
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
waitForK:
|
||||||
|
dec x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbic USBIN, USBMINUS ;1 wait for D- == 0
|
||||||
|
brne waitForK ;2
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
;{2, 6} after falling D- edge, average delay: 4 cycles [we want 4 for center sampling]
|
||||||
|
;we have 1 bit time for setup purposes, then sample again:
|
||||||
|
push x2 ;2
|
||||||
|
push cnt ;2
|
||||||
|
push shift ;2
|
||||||
|
shortcutEntry:
|
||||||
|
ldi cnt, 1 ;1 pre-init bit counter (-1 because no dec follows, -1 because 1 bit already sampled)
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 1<<USB_CFG_DPLUS_BIT ;1 -> 8 edge sync ended with D- == 0
|
||||||
|
;now wait until SYNC byte is over. Wait for either 2 bits low (success) or 2 bits high (failure)
|
||||||
|
waitNoChange:
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample, timing: edge + {2, 6} cycles
|
||||||
|
eor x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbrc x2, USBMINUS ;1 | 2
|
||||||
|
ldi cnt, 2 ;1 | 0 cnt = numBits - 1 (because dec follows)
|
||||||
|
mov x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
dec cnt ;1
|
||||||
|
brne waitNoChange ;2 | 1
|
||||||
|
sbrc x1, USBMINUS ;2
|
||||||
|
rjmp sofError ;0 two consecutive "1" bits -> framing error
|
||||||
|
;start reading data, but don't check for bitstuffing because these are the
|
||||||
|
;first bits. Use the cycles for initialization instead. Note that we read and
|
||||||
|
;store the binary complement of the data stream because eor results in 1 for
|
||||||
|
;a change and 0 for no change.
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 0, timing: edge + {3, 7} cycles
|
||||||
|
eor x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi shift, 0x00 ;1 prepare for bitstuff check later on in loop
|
||||||
|
bst x2, USBMINUS ;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
push YH ;2 -> 7
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 1, timing: edge + {2, 6} cycles
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x1, USBMINUS ;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 1 ;1
|
||||||
|
push YL ;2
|
||||||
|
lds YL, usbInputBuf ;2 -> 8
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 2, timing: edge + {2, 6} cycles
|
||||||
|
eor x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x2, USBMINUS ;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 2 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi cnt, USB_BUFSIZE;1
|
||||||
|
ldi YH, hi8(usbRxBuf);1 assume that usbRxBuf does not cross a page
|
||||||
|
push x3 ;2 -> 8
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 3, timing: edge + {2, 6} cycles
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x1, USBMINUS ;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 3 ;1
|
||||||
|
ser x3 ;1
|
||||||
|
nop ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit4 ;2 -> 8
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
shortcutToStart: ;{,43} into next frame: max 5.5 sync bits missed
|
||||||
|
#if !USB_CFG_SAMPLE_EXACT
|
||||||
|
ldi x1, 5 ;2 setup timeout
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
waitForJ1:
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS ;1 wait for D- == 1
|
||||||
|
rjmp waitForJ1 ;2
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_SAMPLE_EXACT
|
||||||
|
;The following code represents the unrolled loop in the else branch. It
|
||||||
|
;results in a sampling window of 1/4 bit which meets the spec.
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS
|
||||||
|
rjmp foundK1
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS
|
||||||
|
rjmp foundK1
|
||||||
|
sbis USBIN, USBMINUS
|
||||||
|
rjmp foundK1
|
||||||
|
nop
|
||||||
|
nop2
|
||||||
|
foundK1:
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
waitForK1:
|
||||||
|
dec x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbic USBIN, USBMINUS ;1 wait for D- == 0
|
||||||
|
brne waitForK1 ;2
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
pop YH ;2 correct stack alignment
|
||||||
|
nop2 ;2 delay for the same time as the pushes in the original code
|
||||||
|
rjmp shortcutEntry ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; ################# receiver loop #################
|
||||||
|
; extra jobs done during bit interval:
|
||||||
|
; bit 6: se0 check
|
||||||
|
; bit 7: or, store, clear
|
||||||
|
; bit 0: recover from delay [SE0 is unreliable here due to bit dribbling in hubs]
|
||||||
|
; bit 1: se0 check
|
||||||
|
; bit 2: se0 check
|
||||||
|
; bit 3: overflow check
|
||||||
|
; bit 4: se0 check
|
||||||
|
; bit 5: rjmp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; stuffed* helpers have the functionality of a subroutine, but we can't afford
|
||||||
|
; the overhead of a call. We therefore need a separate routine for each caller
|
||||||
|
; which jumps back appropriately.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stuffed5: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample @ +1
|
||||||
|
andi x2, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0a ;1
|
||||||
|
andi x3, ~0x20 ;1
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x20 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit6 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stuffed6: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample @ +1
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0a ;1
|
||||||
|
andi x3, ~0x40 ;1
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x40 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit7 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; This is somewhat special because it has to compensate for the delay in bit 7
|
||||||
|
stuffed7: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1 already sampled by caller
|
||||||
|
breq se0a ;1
|
||||||
|
mov x2, x1 ;1 ensure correct NRZI sequence
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x80 ;1 no need to set reconstruction in x3: shift has already been used
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 0
|
||||||
|
rjmp unstuffed7 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stuffed0: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample @ +1
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0a ;1
|
||||||
|
andi x3, ~0x01 ;1
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x01 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit1 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
;-----------------------------
|
||||||
|
rxLoop:
|
||||||
|
breq stuffed5 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit6:
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 6
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0a ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x2, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 6 ;1
|
||||||
|
cpi shift, 0x02 ;1
|
||||||
|
brlo stuffed6 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit7:
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 7
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x1, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 7 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x3, shift ;1 x3 is 0 at bit locations we changed, 1 at others
|
||||||
|
st y+, x3 ;2 the eor above reconstructed modified bits and inverted rx data
|
||||||
|
ser x3 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit0:
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 0
|
||||||
|
cpi shift, 0x04 ;1
|
||||||
|
brlo stuffed7 ;1
|
||||||
|
unstuffed7:
|
||||||
|
eor x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x2, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi shift, 0xf9 ;1
|
||||||
|
breq stuffed0 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit1:
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 1
|
||||||
|
andi x2, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
se0a: ; enlarge jump range to SE0
|
||||||
|
breq se0 ;1 check for SE0 more often close to start of byte
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x1, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 1 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi shift, 0xf3 ;1
|
||||||
|
breq stuffed1 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit2:
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 2
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x2, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 2 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi shift, 0xe7 ;1
|
||||||
|
breq stuffed2 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit3:
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 3
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x1, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 3 ;1
|
||||||
|
dec cnt ;1 check for buffer overflow
|
||||||
|
breq overflow ;1
|
||||||
|
andi shift, 0xcf ;1
|
||||||
|
breq stuffed3 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit4:
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 4
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x2, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x2, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 4 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi shift, 0x9f ;1
|
||||||
|
breq stuffed4 ;1
|
||||||
|
rxbit5:
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample bit 5
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
bst x1, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
bld shift, 5 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi shift, 0x3f ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxLoop ;2
|
||||||
|
;-----------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stuffed1: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample @ +1
|
||||||
|
andi x2, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi x3, ~0x02 ;1
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x02 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit2 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stuffed2: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample @ +1
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi x3, ~0x04 ;1
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x04 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit3 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stuffed3: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBIN ;1 <-- sample @ +1
|
||||||
|
andi x2, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi x3, ~0x08 ;1
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x08 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit4 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stuffed4: ;1 for branch taken
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBIN ;1 <-- sample @ +1
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USBMASK ;1
|
||||||
|
breq se0 ;1
|
||||||
|
andi x3, ~0x10 ;1
|
||||||
|
ori shift, 0x10 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxbit5 ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
;################ end receiver loop ###############
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
overflow: ; ignore package if buffer overflow
|
||||||
|
rjmp rxDoReturn ; enlarge jump range
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
;This is the only non-error exit point for the software receiver loop
|
||||||
|
;{4, 20} cycles after start of SE0, typically {10, 18} after SE0 start = {-6, 2} from end of SE0
|
||||||
|
;next sync starts {16,} cycles after SE0 -> worst case start: +4 from next sync start
|
||||||
|
;we don't check any CRCs here because there is no time left.
|
||||||
|
se0: ;{-6, 2} from end of SE0 / {,4} into next frame
|
||||||
|
mov cnt, YL ;1 assume buffer in lower 256 bytes of memory
|
||||||
|
lds YL, usbInputBuf ;2 reposition to buffer start
|
||||||
|
sub cnt, YL ;1 length of message
|
||||||
|
ldi x1, 1<<USB_INTR_PENDING_BIT ;1
|
||||||
|
cpi cnt, 3 ;1
|
||||||
|
out USB_INTR_PENDING, x1;1 clear pending intr and check flag later. SE0 must be over. {,10} into next frame
|
||||||
|
brlo rxDoReturn ;1 ensure valid packet size, ignore others
|
||||||
|
ld x1, y ;2 PID
|
||||||
|
ldd x2, y+1 ;2 ADDR + 1 bit endpoint number
|
||||||
|
mov x3, x2 ;1 store for endpoint number
|
||||||
|
andi x2, 0x7f ;1 mask endpoint number bit
|
||||||
|
lds shift, usbDeviceAddr;2
|
||||||
|
cpi x1, USBPID_SETUP ;1
|
||||||
|
breq isSetupOrOut ;2 -> 19 = {13, 21} from SE0 end
|
||||||
|
cpi x1, USBPID_OUT ;1
|
||||||
|
breq isSetupOrOut ;2 -> 22 = {16, 24} from SE0 end / {,24} into next frame
|
||||||
|
cpi x1, USBPID_IN ;1
|
||||||
|
breq handleIn ;1
|
||||||
|
#define USB_DATA_MASK ~(USBPID_DATA0 ^ USBPID_DATA1)
|
||||||
|
andi x1, USB_DATA_MASK ;1
|
||||||
|
cpi x1, USBPID_DATA0 & USB_DATA_MASK ;1
|
||||||
|
brne rxDoReturn ;1 not a data PID -- ignore
|
||||||
|
isData:
|
||||||
|
lds x2, usbCurrentTok ;2
|
||||||
|
tst x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
breq rxDoReturn ;1 for other device or spontaneous data -- ignore
|
||||||
|
lds x1, usbRxLen ;2
|
||||||
|
cpi x1, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
brne sendNakAndReti ;1 no buffer space available / {30, 38} from SE0 end
|
||||||
|
; 2006-03-11: The following two lines fix a problem where the device was not
|
||||||
|
; recognized if usbPoll() was called less frequently than once every 4 ms.
|
||||||
|
cpi cnt, 4 ;1 zero sized data packets are status phase only -- ignore and ack
|
||||||
|
brmi sendAckAndReti ;1 keep rx buffer clean -- we must not NAK next SETUP
|
||||||
|
sts usbRxLen, cnt ;2 store received data, swap buffers
|
||||||
|
sts usbRxToken, x2 ;2
|
||||||
|
lds x1, usbAppBuf ;2
|
||||||
|
sts usbAppBuf, YL ;2
|
||||||
|
sts usbInputBuf, x1 ;2 buffers now swapped
|
||||||
|
rjmp sendAckAndReti ;2 -> {43, 51} from SE0 end
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
handleIn: ; {18, 26} from SE0 end
|
||||||
|
cp x2, shift ;1 shift contains our device addr
|
||||||
|
brne rxDoReturn ;1 other device
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT
|
||||||
|
sbrc x3, 7 ;2 x3 contains addr + endpoint
|
||||||
|
rjmp handleIn1 ;0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
lds cnt, usbTxLen ;2
|
||||||
|
sbrc cnt, 4 ;2
|
||||||
|
rjmp sendCntAndReti ;0 -> {27, 35} from SE0 end
|
||||||
|
ldi x1, USBPID_NAK ;1
|
||||||
|
sts usbTxLen, x1 ;2 buffer is now free
|
||||||
|
ldi YL, lo8(usbTxBuf) ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi YH, hi8(usbTxBuf) ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp usbSendAndReti ;2 -> {34, 43} from SE0 end
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; Comment about when to set usbTxLen to USBPID_NAK:
|
||||||
|
; We should set it back when we receive the ACK from the host. This would
|
||||||
|
; be simple to implement: One static variable which stores whether the last
|
||||||
|
; tx was for endpoint 0 or 1 and a compare in the receiver to distinguish the
|
||||||
|
; ACK. However, we set it back immediately when we send the package,
|
||||||
|
; assuming that no error occurs and the host sends an ACK. We save one byte
|
||||||
|
; RAM this way and avoid potential problems with endless retries. The rest of
|
||||||
|
; the driver assumes error-free transfers anyway.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
otherOutOrSetup:
|
||||||
|
clr x1
|
||||||
|
sts usbCurrentTok, x1
|
||||||
|
rxDoReturn:
|
||||||
|
pop x3 ;2
|
||||||
|
pop YL ;2
|
||||||
|
pop YH ;2
|
||||||
|
rjmp sofError ;2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
isSetupOrOut: ; we must be fast here -- a data package may follow / {,24} into next frame
|
||||||
|
cp x2, shift ;1 shift contains our device addr
|
||||||
|
brne otherOutOrSetup ;1 other device -- ignore
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT /* if we need second OUT endpoint, store endpoint address */
|
||||||
|
andi x1, 0x7f ;1 mask out MSb in token
|
||||||
|
andi x3, 0x80 ;1 mask out all but endpoint address
|
||||||
|
or x1, x3 ;1 merge endpoint into currentToken
|
||||||
|
sts usbCurrentTok, x1 ;2
|
||||||
|
brmi dontResetEP0 ;1 endpoint 1 -> don't reset endpoint 0 input
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
sts usbCurrentTok, x1 ;2
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
;A transmission can still have data in the output buffer while we receive a
|
||||||
|
;SETUP package with an IN phase. To avoid that the old data is sent as a reply,
|
||||||
|
;we abort transmission. We don't need to reset usbMsgLen because it is used
|
||||||
|
;from the main loop only where the setup is processed anyway.
|
||||||
|
ldi x1, USBPID_NAK ;1
|
||||||
|
sts usbTxLen, x1 ;2 abort transmission
|
||||||
|
dontResetEP0:
|
||||||
|
pop x3 ;2
|
||||||
|
pop YL ;2
|
||||||
|
in x1, USB_INTR_PENDING;1
|
||||||
|
sbrc x1, USB_INTR_PENDING_BIT;1 check whether data is already arriving {,41} into next frame
|
||||||
|
rjmp shortcutToStart ;2 save the pops and pushes -- a new interrupt is aready pending
|
||||||
|
;If the jump above was not taken, we can be at {,2} into the next frame here
|
||||||
|
pop YH ;2
|
||||||
|
txDoReturn:
|
||||||
|
sofError: ; error in start of frame -- ignore frame
|
||||||
|
ldi x1, 1<<USB_INTR_PENDING_BIT;1 many int0 events occurred during our processing -- clear pending flag
|
||||||
|
out USB_INTR_PENDING, x1;1
|
||||||
|
pop shift ;2
|
||||||
|
pop cnt ;2
|
||||||
|
pop x2 ;2
|
||||||
|
pop x1 ;2
|
||||||
|
out SREG, x1 ;1
|
||||||
|
pop x1 ;2
|
||||||
|
reti ;4 -> {,21} into next frame -> up to 3 sync bits missed
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sendCntAndReti: ; 19 cycles until SOP
|
||||||
|
mov x3, cnt ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp usbSendX3 ;2
|
||||||
|
sendNakAndReti: ; 19 cycles until SOP
|
||||||
|
ldi x3, USBPID_NAK ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp usbSendX3 ;2
|
||||||
|
sendAckAndReti: ; 17 cycles until SOP
|
||||||
|
ldi x3, USBPID_ACK ;1
|
||||||
|
usbSendX3:
|
||||||
|
ldi YL, 20 ;1 'x3' is R20
|
||||||
|
ldi YH, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi cnt, 2 ;1
|
||||||
|
;;;;rjmp usbSendAndReti fallthrough
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; USB spec says:
|
||||||
|
; idle = J
|
||||||
|
; J = (D+ = 0), (D- = 1) or USBOUT = 0x01
|
||||||
|
; K = (D+ = 1), (D- = 0) or USBOUT = 0x02
|
||||||
|
; Spec allows 7.5 bit times from EOP to SOP for replies (= 60 cycles)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
;usbSend:
|
||||||
|
;pointer to data in 'Y'
|
||||||
|
;number of bytes in 'cnt' -- including sync byte
|
||||||
|
;uses: x1...x4, shift, cnt, Y
|
||||||
|
usbSendAndReti: ; SOP starts 13 cycles after call
|
||||||
|
push x4 ;2
|
||||||
|
ldi x4, USBMASK ;1 exor mask
|
||||||
|
sbi USBOUT, USBMINUS;1 prepare idle state; D+ and D- must have been 0 (no pullups)
|
||||||
|
in x1, USBOUT ;1 port mirror for tx loop
|
||||||
|
sbi USBDDR, USBMINUS;1
|
||||||
|
sbi USBDDR, USBPLUS ;1 set D+ and D- to output: acquire bus
|
||||||
|
; need not init x2 (bitstuff history) because sync starts with 0
|
||||||
|
ldi shift, 0x80 ;1 sync byte is first byte sent
|
||||||
|
rjmp txLoop ;2 -> 13 + 3 = 16 cycles until SOP
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT /* placed here due to relative jump range */
|
||||||
|
handleIn1: ;{23, 31} from SE0
|
||||||
|
ldi x1, USBPID_NAK ;1
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
; 2006-06-10 as suggested by O.Tamura: support second INTR IN / BULK IN endpoint
|
||||||
|
ldd x2, y+2 ;2
|
||||||
|
sbrc x2, 0 ;2 1
|
||||||
|
rjmp handleIn3 ;0 2
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
lds cnt, usbTxLen1 ;2
|
||||||
|
sbrc cnt, 4 ;2
|
||||||
|
rjmp sendCntAndReti ;0
|
||||||
|
sts usbTxLen1, x1 ;2
|
||||||
|
ldi YL, lo8(usbTxBuf1);1
|
||||||
|
ldi YH, hi8(usbTxBuf1);1
|
||||||
|
rjmp usbSendAndReti ;2 -> arrives at usbSendAndReti {34, 42} from SE0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3
|
||||||
|
handleIn3:
|
||||||
|
lds cnt, usbTxLen3 ;2
|
||||||
|
sbrc cnt, 4 ;2
|
||||||
|
rjmp sendCntAndReti ;0
|
||||||
|
sts usbTxLen3, x1 ;2
|
||||||
|
ldi YL, lo8(usbTxBuf3);1
|
||||||
|
ldi YH, hi8(usbTxBuf3);1
|
||||||
|
rjmp usbSendAndReti ;2 -> arrives at usbSendAndReti {39, 47} from SE0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bitstuff0: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff0 ;2 branch back 2 cycles earlier
|
||||||
|
bitstuff1: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
sec ;1 set carry so that brsh will not jump
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff1 ;2 jump back 1 cycle earler
|
||||||
|
bitstuff2: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff2 ;2 jump back 3 cycles earlier and do out
|
||||||
|
bitstuff3: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff3 ;2 jump back earlier
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
txLoop:
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff0:
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff0 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff1:
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff1 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff2:
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff2 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff3:
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff3 ;1
|
||||||
|
nop2 ;2
|
||||||
|
ld x3, y+ ;2
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff4:
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff4 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff5:
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff5 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff6:
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff6 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbrs shift, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ror shift ;1
|
||||||
|
ror x2 ;1
|
||||||
|
didStuff7:
|
||||||
|
cpi x2, 0xfc ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
brsh bitstuff7 ;1
|
||||||
|
mov shift, x3 ;1
|
||||||
|
dec cnt ;1
|
||||||
|
brne txLoop ;2 | 1
|
||||||
|
cbr x1, USBMASK ;1 prepare SE0 [spec says EOP may be 15 to 18 cycles]
|
||||||
|
pop x4 ;2
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out SE0 -- from now 2 bits = 16 cycles until bus idle
|
||||||
|
ldi cnt, 2 ;| takes cnt * 3 cycles
|
||||||
|
se0Delay: ;|
|
||||||
|
dec cnt ;|
|
||||||
|
brne se0Delay ;| -> 2 * 3 = 6 cycles
|
||||||
|
;2006-03-06: moved transfer of new address to usbDeviceAddr from C-Code to asm:
|
||||||
|
;set address only after data packet was sent, not after handshake
|
||||||
|
lds x2, usbNewDeviceAddr;2
|
||||||
|
subi YL, 20 + 2 ;1
|
||||||
|
sbci YH, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
breq skipAddrAssign ;2
|
||||||
|
sts usbDeviceAddr, x2 ;0 if not skipped: SE0 is one cycle longer
|
||||||
|
skipAddrAssign:
|
||||||
|
;end of usbDeviceAddress transfer
|
||||||
|
ori x1, USBIDLE ;1
|
||||||
|
in x2, USBDDR ;1
|
||||||
|
cbr x2, USBMASK ;1 set both pins to input
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out J (idle) -- end of SE0 (EOP signal)
|
||||||
|
cbr x1, USBMASK ;1 configure no pullup on both pins
|
||||||
|
pop x3 ;2
|
||||||
|
pop YL ;2
|
||||||
|
out USBDDR, x2 ;1 <-- release bus now
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 set pullup state
|
||||||
|
pop YH ;2
|
||||||
|
rjmp txDoReturn ;2 [we want to jump to rxDoReturn, but this saves cycles]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bitstuff4: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff4 ;2 jump back 2 cycles earlier
|
||||||
|
bitstuff5: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
sec ;1 set carry so that brsh is not taken
|
||||||
|
out USBOUT, x1 ;1 <-- out
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff5 ;2 jump back 1 cycle earlier
|
||||||
|
bitstuff6: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff6 ;2 jump back 3 cycles earlier and do out there
|
||||||
|
bitstuff7: ;1 (for branch taken)
|
||||||
|
eor x1, x4 ;1
|
||||||
|
ldi x2, 0 ;1
|
||||||
|
rjmp didStuff7 ;2 jump back 4 cycles earlier
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; ######################## utility functions ########################
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__
|
||||||
|
/* Register assignments for usbCrc16 on IAR cc */
|
||||||
|
/* Calling conventions on IAR:
|
||||||
|
* First parameter passed in r16/r17, second in r18/r19 and so on.
|
||||||
|
* Callee must preserve r4-r15, r24-r29 (r28/r29 is frame pointer)
|
||||||
|
* Result is passed in r16/r17
|
||||||
|
* In case of the "tiny" memory model, pointers are only 8 bit with no
|
||||||
|
* padding. We therefore pass argument 1 as "16 bit unsigned".
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
RTMODEL "__rt_version", "3"
|
||||||
|
/* The line above will generate an error if cc calling conventions change.
|
||||||
|
* The value "3" above is valid for IAR 4.10B/W32
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
# define argLen r18 /* argument 2 */
|
||||||
|
# define argPtrL r16 /* argument 1 */
|
||||||
|
# define argPtrH r17 /* argument 1 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define resCrcL r16 /* result */
|
||||||
|
# define resCrcH r17 /* result */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define ptrL ZL
|
||||||
|
# define ptrH ZH
|
||||||
|
# define ptr Z
|
||||||
|
# define byte r22
|
||||||
|
# define bitCnt r19
|
||||||
|
# define polyL r20
|
||||||
|
# define polyH r21
|
||||||
|
# define scratch r23
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#else /* __IAR_SYSTEMS_ASM__ */
|
||||||
|
/* Register assignments for usbCrc16 on gcc */
|
||||||
|
/* Calling conventions on gcc:
|
||||||
|
* First parameter passed in r24/r25, second in r22/23 and so on.
|
||||||
|
* Callee must preserve r1-r17, r28/r29
|
||||||
|
* Result is passed in r24/r25
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
# define argLen r22 /* argument 2 */
|
||||||
|
# define argPtrL r24 /* argument 1 */
|
||||||
|
# define argPtrH r25 /* argument 1 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define resCrcL r24 /* result */
|
||||||
|
# define resCrcH r25 /* result */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# define ptrL XL
|
||||||
|
# define ptrH XH
|
||||||
|
# define ptr x
|
||||||
|
# define byte r18
|
||||||
|
# define bitCnt r19
|
||||||
|
# define polyL r20
|
||||||
|
# define polyH r21
|
||||||
|
# define scratch r23
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; extern unsigned usbCrc16(unsigned char *data, unsigned char len);
|
||||||
|
; data: r24/25
|
||||||
|
; len: r22
|
||||||
|
; temp variables:
|
||||||
|
; r18: data byte
|
||||||
|
; r19: bit counter
|
||||||
|
; r20/21: polynomial
|
||||||
|
; r23: scratch
|
||||||
|
; r24/25: crc-sum
|
||||||
|
; r26/27=X: ptr
|
||||||
|
usbCrc16:
|
||||||
|
mov ptrL, argPtrL
|
||||||
|
mov ptrH, argPtrH
|
||||||
|
ldi resCrcL, 0xff
|
||||||
|
ldi resCrcH, 0xff
|
||||||
|
ldi polyL, lo8(0xa001)
|
||||||
|
ldi polyH, hi8(0xa001)
|
||||||
|
crcByteLoop:
|
||||||
|
subi argLen, 1
|
||||||
|
brcs crcReady
|
||||||
|
ld byte, ptr+
|
||||||
|
ldi bitCnt, 8
|
||||||
|
crcBitLoop:
|
||||||
|
mov scratch, byte
|
||||||
|
eor scratch, resCrcL
|
||||||
|
lsr resCrcH
|
||||||
|
ror resCrcL
|
||||||
|
lsr byte
|
||||||
|
sbrs scratch, 0
|
||||||
|
rjmp crcNoXor
|
||||||
|
eor resCrcL, polyL
|
||||||
|
eor resCrcH, polyH
|
||||||
|
crcNoXor:
|
||||||
|
dec bitCnt
|
||||||
|
brne crcBitLoop
|
||||||
|
rjmp crcByteLoop
|
||||||
|
crcReady:
|
||||||
|
com resCrcL
|
||||||
|
com resCrcH
|
||||||
|
ret
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
; extern unsigned usbCrc16Append(unsigned char *data, unsigned char len);
|
||||||
|
usbCrc16Append:
|
||||||
|
rcall usbCrc16
|
||||||
|
st ptr+, resCrcL
|
||||||
|
st ptr+, resCrcH
|
||||||
|
ret
|
21
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.asm
Normal file
21
firmware/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.asm
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
|||||||
|
/* Name: usbdrvasm.asm
|
||||||
|
* Project: AVR USB driver
|
||||||
|
* Author: Christian Starkjohann
|
||||||
|
* Creation Date: 2006-03-01
|
||||||
|
* Tabsize: 4
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 2006 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
|
||||||
|
* License: Proprietary, free under certain conditions. See Documentation.
|
||||||
|
* This Revision: $Id: usbdrvasm.asm,v 1.1 2006/09/26 18:18:27 rschaten Exp $
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
General Description:
|
||||||
|
The IAR compiler/assembler system prefers assembler files with file extension
|
||||||
|
".asm". We simply provide this file as an alias for usbdrvasm.S.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thanks to Oleg Semyonov for his help with the IAR tools port!
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "usbdrvasm.S"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
end
|
1252
usb-led-fader.doxygen
Normal file
1252
usb-led-fader.doxygen
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user